BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORP
S-3/A, 1997-01-17
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: CHEMFIRST INC, S-8 POS, 1997-01-17
Next: SOUTHWEST BANCORP INC /TX/, 8-A12G, 1997-01-17



<PAGE>
 
    
 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JANUARY 17, 1997     
 
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-16233
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                               ----------------
                         
                      PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3     
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-3
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                          THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                               ----------------
                             BAY VIEW AUTO TRUSTS
                    (ISSUER WITH RESPECT TO THE SECURITIES)
 
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                  (ORIGINATOR OF THE TRUSTS DESCRIBED HEREIN)
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
               DELAWARE                              93-1225376
    (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF     (I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NO.)
    INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)
 
                           2121 SOUTH EL CAMINO REAL
                          SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA 94403
                                (415) 573-7300
         (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING
            AREA CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS)
 
                               ----------------
 
                                ROBERT J. FLAX
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                           2121 SOUTH EL CAMINO REAL
                          SAN MATEO, CALIFORNIA 94403
                                (415) 573-7300
           (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER,
                  INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                  COPIES TO:
      CHRISTOPHER R. KELLY, P.C.              RICHARD M. SCHETMAN, ESQ.
       DAVE M. MUCHNIKOFF, P.C.             CADWALADER, WICKERSHAM & TAFT
    SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.                100 MAIDEN LANE
         1100 NEW YORK AVENUE                 NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10038
        WASHINGTON, D.C. 20005
 
                               ----------------
 
  APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: From time
to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement as determined
by market conditions.
 
  If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the
following box.  [_]
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or
interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. [X]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same offering. [_]
 
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                               ----------------
 
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                               INTRODUCTORY NOTE
   
  This Registration Statement contains a form of Prospectus relating to the
offering of Series of Asset Backed Certificates by various Bay View Auto
Trusts created from time to time by Bay View Securitization Corporation and
two forms of Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering by Bay View 199 --
Auto Trust of the particular Series of Asset Backed Certificates described
therein. Each form of Prospectus Supplement relates only to the securities
described therein and is a form that may be used, among others, by Bay View
Securitization Corporation to offer Asset Backed Certificates under this
Registration Statement.     
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS +
+SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, +
+NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH    +
+OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR        +
+QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.                    +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED      , 199
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED    , 199 )
 
                                      $                              [LOGO HERE]
 
                           BAY VIEW 199 -  AUTO TRUST
        $     % CLASS A AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
     CLASS I INTEREST ONLY AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
 
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            CALIFORNIA THRIFT & LOAN
                                    SERVICER
 
                                  ----------
   
  Principal, and interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate shown above, will
be distributed to Class A Certificateholders on the fifth business day after
the 10th calendar day of each month (each a "Distribution Date"), beginning
   , 199 . The final scheduled Distribution Date of the Class A Certificates
will be    , 199  (the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date"). The Class I
Certificates will not receive principal payments, but interest at the Class I
Pass-Through Rate of  % per annum on the Notional Principal Amount (as defined
herein) of the Class I Certificates will be distributed to Class I
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date. The Original Notional Principal
Amount will be $    and will decrease on each Distribution Date. Each
Certificate offered hereby will represent an undivided interest in the Bay View
199 -  Auto Trust (the "Trust") to be formed by Bay View Securitization
Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having its principal office and place of
business in San Mateo, California (the "Depositor"). The Trust property will
include a pool of simple and precomputed interest installment sale and
installment loan contracts originated in various states in the United States of
America, secured by new and used automobiles, light trucks, recreational
vehicles, motorcycles and vans (the "Receivables"), certain monies due
thereunder as of and after    , 199  (the "Cutoff Date"), security interests in
the vehicles financed thereby and certain other property (the "Trust
Property"). For a description of the types of property included in the Trust,
See "Summary of Terms--The Certificates" and "The Receivables Pool" herein, and
"The Trusts" in the Prospectus. The Trust Property will also include an
irrevocable surety bond guaranteeing payments of interest and principal on the
Class A Certificates and Class I Monthly Interest (the "Surety Bond") issued by
    and a Spread Account for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders and
the Class I Certificateholders, as well as the surety bond issuer."     
   
  Concurrently with the issuance of the Class A Certificates and the Class I
Certificates, the Trust will issue a Class IC Automobile Receivable Pass-
Through Certificate (the "Class IC Certificate"). The Class IC Certificate will
initially be issued to Bay View Securitization Corporation, the Depositor, and
will not be offered hereby. The rights of the Class IC Certificateholder to
receive distributions with respect to the Receivables are subordinated to the
rights of holders of the Class A Certificates and Class I Certificates, to the
extent described herein. For further information concerning the Class IC
Certificate see "The Offered Certificates--Distributions on the Class IC
Certificate" and "--Distributions on the Offered Certificates." The Class A
Certificates and the Class I Certificates are together sometimes referred to
herein as the "Offered Certificates."     
 
  Prior to their issuance there has been no market for the Offered Certificates
nor can there be any assurance that one will develop, or if it does develop,
that it will provide the holders of the Offered Certificates with liquidity or
will continue for the life of the Offered Certificates. The Underwriters
intend, but are not obligated, to make a market in the Offered Certificates.
   
  The yield to maturity of the Class I Certificates will be sensitive to the
rate and timing of principal payments (including prepayments) on the
Receivables. Investors in the Class I Certificates should fully consider the
associated risks, including the risk that a rapid rate of principal payments
could result in the failure of such investors to recoup their initial
investments. See "Risk Factors--Prepayment Risks Associated with Class I
Certificates," "--Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Tax Class IC
Certificateholder," "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Offered
Certificates--The Class I Certificates--Calculation of Notional Principal
Amount" herein.     
   
  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON PAGE S-  HEREOF AND PAGE 12 OF THE PROSPECTUS.     
 
THE CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF BAY VIEW
SECURITIZATION CORPORATION OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF. NEITHER THESE SECURITIES
NOR THE UNDERLYING RECEIVABLES WILL BE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY
GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY.
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           PRICE TO UNDERWRITING    PROCEEDS
                                            PUBLIC  DISCOUNTS(1) TO DEPOSITOR(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                        <C>      <C>          <C>
Per Class A Certificate..................      %          %              %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class I Certificate..................      %          %              %
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Total...................................    $          $             $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) With respect to the Class I Certificates, the Price to Public and Proceeds
    to Depositor are expressed as a percentage of the Notional Principal Amount
    (initially $   ), and the Underwriting Discounts are expressed as a
    percentage of the related Price to Public.
(2) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $   .
 
  The Offered Certificates are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and if
accepted by the Underwriters, and subject to approval of certain legal matters
by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, counsel for the Underwriters. It is expected
that delivery of the Offered Certificates in book-entry form will be made on or
about    , 199  through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.
 
              The date of this Prospectus Supplement is    , 199 .
<PAGE>
 
  THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS
SPECIFIC TO THE TRUST AND THE CERTIFICATES AND, TO THAT EXTENT, SUPPLEMENTS
THE MORE GENERAL INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE PROSPECTUS. INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT MAY ALSO REFLECT LEGAL, ECONOMIC AND OTHER
DEVELOPMENTS SINCE THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS.
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES
AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
  Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Offered Certificates, whether or not
participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver this Prospectus
Supplement and the Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of
dealers to deliver this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus when acting
as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  Unless and until definitive certificates are issued (which will occur only
under the limited circumstances described herein),    , as Trustee, will
provide to Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, as
registered holder of the Class A Certificates, monthly and annual statements
concerning the Trust and the Class A Certificates. Such statements will also
be provided to the registered holders of the Class I Certificates. Such
statements will not constitute financial statements prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. A copy of the most recent
monthly or annual statement concerning the Trust and the Offered Certificates
may be obtained by contacting the Servicer at California Thrift & Loan, 818
Oakpark Road, Covina, California 91724, (800)524-9292.
<PAGE>
 
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
   
  This Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and the
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary are defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Principal Terms" or, to the extent not defined herein, have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the "Index of Principal Terms" on page 52 of the
Prospectus.     
 
Issuer........................  Bay View 199  -     Auto Trust.
 
Depositor.....................  Bay View Securitization Corporation (the
                                "Depositor").
 
Servicer......................  California Thrift & Loan (in its capacity as
                                servicer, the "Servicer," otherwise "CTL").
 
Trustee.......................                  .
 
The Certificates..............     
                                The Trust will be formed and will issue the
                                Certificates on or about      (the "Closing
                                Date") pursuant to a pooling and servicing
                                agreement (the "Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement"). The Certificates will consist of:
                                (i)    % Class A Automobile Receivable Pass-
                                Through Certificates in the aggregate principal
                                amount of $   ; (ii) the Class I Interest Only
                                Automobile Receivable Pass-Through
                                Certificates; and (iii) the Class IC Automobile
                                Receivable Pass-Through Certificate. The Class
                                I Certificates are interest only certificates
                                and will not receive distributions of
                                principal. The Class IC Certificate will be
                                issued to the Depositor on the Closing Date and
                                is not being offered hereby. Each of the
                                Certificates will represent a fractional
                                undivided interest in the Trust. The Trust
                                assets will include the Receivables, certain
                                monies due thereunder as of and after the
                                Cutoff Date, security interests in the related
                                Financed Vehicles, monies on deposit in the
                                Certificate Account and the proceeds thereof,
                                any proceeds from claims on certain insurance
                                policies relating to the Financed Vehicles or
                                the related Obligors, any lender's insurance
                                policy, the Spread Account for the benefit of
                                the Class A Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders and the surety bond issuer,
                                the Surety Bond for the benefit of the Class A
                                and Class I Certificateholders and certain
                                rights under the Purchase Agreement and the
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Interest paid
                                to the Certificateholders on the first
                                Distribution Date will be based upon the amount
                                of interest accruing from the Closing Date, and
                                will therefore not include a full month's
                                interest.     
 
The Class A Certificates......  Interest. Interest will be distributable on
                                each Distribution Date beginning      , 199  ,
                                to holders of record as of the last day of the
                                calendar month immediately preceding the
                                calendar month in which such Distribution Date
                                occurs (the "Record Date") of the Class A
                                Certificates (the "Class A Certificateholders")
                                in a maximum amount equal to the product of
                                1/12th of  % (the "Class A Pass-Through Rate")
                                and the aggregate outstanding principal balance
                                of the Class A
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
                                Certificates (the "Certificate Balance") as of
                                the preceding Distribution Date (after giving
                                effect to all distributions to
                                Certificateholders on such preceding date) or,
                                in the case of the first Distribution Date, as
                                of the Closing Date. Interest on the Class A
                                Certificates will be calculated on basis of a
                                360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months
                                or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
                                the number of days from the Closing Date
                                remaining in the month of the closing (assuming
                                a 30-day month). See "The Offered
                                Certificates--Distributions on the Offered
                                Certificates." The effective yield on the Class
                                A Certificates will be below that otherwise
                                produced by the applicable Pass-Through Rate
                                because the distribution of Monthly Principal
                                (as defined below) and Class A Monthly Interest
                                in respect of any given month will not be made
                                until the fifth business day after the tenth
                                calendar day of the following month (the
                                "Distribution Date"). See "Yield and Prepayment
                                Considerations" herein.
 
                                Principal. On each Distribution Date, the
                                Trustee will distribute as principal to the
                                Class A Certificateholders in a maximum
                                aggregate amount equal to the aggregate
                                outstanding principal amount of the Receivables
                                (the "Pool Balance") on the last day of the
                                second preceding calendar month (or, in the
                                case of the first Distribution Date, as of the
                                Cutoff Date) less the Pool Balance on the last
                                day of the immediately preceding calendar month
                                ("Monthly Principal"). For the purpose of
                                determining Monthly Principal, the unpaid
                                principal balance of a Defaulted Receivable or
                                a Purchased Receivable will be deemed to be
                                zero on and after the last day of the calendar
                                month in which such Receivable became a
                                Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable,
                                as applicable.
 
                                The weighted average life of the Offered
                                Certificates will be reduced by full or partial
                                prepayments on the Receivables (except certain
                                prepayments in respect of Precomputed
                                Receivables). See "The Offered Certificates--
                                Distributions on the Offered Certificates"
                                herein.
 
The Class I Certificate ......  Interest. The Class I Certificates are interest
                                only certificates which will not be entitled to
                                any principal distributions. Interest will
                                accrue on the Notional Principal Amount
                                (defined below) of the Class I Certificates at
                                the rate of  % per annum (the "Class I Pass-
                                Through Rate"). The Notional Principal Amount
                                represents a designated principal component of
                                the Receivables, originally $    (the "Original
                                Notional Principal Amount").
 
                                Solely for the purpose of calculating the
                                amount payable with respect to the Class I
                                Certificates, the Certificate Balance will be
                                divided into two principal components, the "PAC
                                Component" and the "Companion Component." The
                                sum of the PAC
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                Component and the Companion Component will at
                                all times equal the then aggregate unpaid
                                Certificate Balance. The "Notional Principal
                                Amount" of the Class I Certificates at any time
                                will be equal to the principal balance of the
                                PAC Component as calculated based on the
                                allocations of principal payments described
                                below, originally $   .
 
                                Interest with respect to the Class I
                                Certificates will accrue on the basis of a 360-
                                day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or,
                                in the case of the first Distribution Date, the
                                number of days from the Closing Date remaining
                                in the month of the closing (assuming a 30-day
                                month). On each Distribution Date, except the
                                first Distribution Date, the Trustee shall
                                distribute pro rata to holders of Class I
                                Certificates (the "Class I Certificateholders")
                                of record as of the preceding Record Date,
                                Class I Monthly Interest at the Class I Pass-
                                Through Rate on the Notional Principal Amount
                                outstanding on the immediately preceding
                                Distribution Date (after giving effect to any
                                reduction of the Notional Principal Amount on
                                such preceding Distribution Date) or, in the
                                case of the first Distribution Date, as of the
                                Closing Date. Holders of the Class I
                                Certificates will not be entitled to any
                                distributions after the Notional Principal
                                Amount thereof has been reduced to zero.
                                   
                                Planned Amortization Feature; Calculation of
                                the Class I Notional Principal Amount. The
                                Class I Certificates represent an interest only
                                planned amortization class. The planned
                                amortization feature is intended to reduce the
                                uncertainty to investors in the Class I
                                Certificates with respect to prepayments.
                                Because the Class I Certificates will receive
                                interest based on their Notional Principal
                                Amount, this is accomplished by basing the
                                reduction in the Notional Principal Amount on a
                                principal paydown schedule rather than on the
                                reduction in the actual principal balances of
                                the Receivables, as described below. The amount
                                which will be available to pay the Class I
                                Certificateholders will come from the excess of
                                interest earned on the Receivables over the
                                Class A Monthly Interest and the monthly
                                Servicing Fee payable to the Servicer (the
                                "Monthly Servicing Fee").     
                                   
                                The Pooling and Servicing Agreement establishes
                                a schedule (a "Planned Notional Principal
                                Amount Schedule") which is set forth herein
                                under "The Offered Certificates--Class I
                                Certificates--Calculation of Notional Principal
                                Amount." On each Distribution Date, the Monthly
                                Principal will be allocated first to the PAC
                                Component in an amount up to the amount
                                necessary to reduce the amount thereof to the
                                Planned Notional Principal Amount for such
                                Distribution Date, as set forth in the Planned
                                Notional Principal Amount Schedule, second, to
                                the Companion Component until the outstanding
                                amount thereof is reduced to zero and third, to
                                the PAC Component, without regard to the
                                Planned Notional Principal Amount for such
                                Distribution Date,     
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                until reduced to zero. As described above, the
                                Notional Principal Amount of the Class I
                                Certificates will be equal to the outstanding
                                amount of the PAC Component and thus will be
                                reduced as the PAC Component is reduced.     
                                   
                                The Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule
                                has been prepared on the basis of the
                                assumption, among other things, that the
                                Receivables prepay at a constant rate between
                                 % and  % ABS (as defined herein), an assumed
                                annualized constant rate of prepayments and the
                                prepayment model used in this Prospectus. The
                                Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule is
                                set forth herein under "The Offered
                                Certificates--Class I Yield Considerations."
                                The yield to maturity of the Class I
                                Certificates will be sensitive to the rate and
                                the timing of principal payments (including
                                prepayments) on the Receivables and may
                                fluctuate significantly from time to time. If
                                the Receivables prepay at a constant rate
                                within the range assumed in preparing the
                                Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule, the
                                PAC Component (and the Notional Principal
                                Amount of the Class I Certificates) will be
                                reduced in accordance with the Planned Notional
                                Principal Amount Schedule. If the Receivables
                                prepay at a constant rate higher than  % ABS,
                                the amount of the Companion Component will be
                                reduced to zero more quickly, and the amount of
                                the PAC Component (and the Notional Principal
                                Amount of the Class I Certificates) will be
                                reduced more quickly than provided in the
                                Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule,
                                thereby reducing the yield to holders of the
                                Class I Certificates. In general, a rapid rate
                                of principal prepayments (including
                                liquidations due to losses, repurchases and
                                other dispositions) will have a material
                                negative effect on the yield to maturity of the
                                Class I Certificates.     
                                   
                                Prospective investors in the Class I
                                Certificates should fully consider the
                                associated risks, including the risk that a
                                rapid rate of prepayments could result in the
                                failure of investors in the Class I
                                Certificates to recoup their initial
                                investment. See "Risk Factors--Prepayment Risks
                                Associated with Class I Certificates," "--
                                Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Tax
                                Class IC Certificateholder," "Yield and
                                Prepayment Considerations--The Class I
                                Certificates," and "The Offered Certificates--
                                Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Tax
                                Class IC Certificateholder" herein.     
 
Subordination; Spread           The Depositor will establish an account (the
Account.......................  "Spread Account") on the Closing Date. On each
                                Distribution Date thereafter, the Servicer will
                                deposit into the Spread Account any amounts
                                remaining in the Certificate Account after the
                                payment on such date of all amounts owing
                                pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                to the Certificateholders (other than the Class
                                IC Certificateholder), the Surety Bond Issuer
                                and the Servicer for the Monthly Servicing Fee.
                                In the event that Available Funds are
 
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                insufficient on any Distribution Date prior to
                                the termination of the Trust (after payment of
                                the Monthly Servicing Fee) to pay Monthly
                                Principal and Class A Monthly Interest and
                                Class I Monthly Interest to the Class A
                                Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders, draws will be made on the
                                Spread Account to the extent of the balance
                                thereof and, if necessary, from the Surety
                                Bond, in the manner and to the extent described
                                herein. The Spread Account is solely for the
                                benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, the
                                Class I Certificateholders and the Surety Bond
                                Issuer. In the event the amount on deposit in
                                the Spread Account is zero after giving effect
                                to any draws thereon for the benefit of the
                                Class A Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders, and there is a default
                                under the Surety Bond, losses on the
                                Receivables will be borne directly by the Class
                                A Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders on a pro rata basis, as
                                described herein. Any such reduction of the
                                principal balance of the Receivables due to
                                losses on the Receivables will also result in a
                                reduction of the Class I Notional Principal
                                Amount. See "The Offered Certificates--
                                Distributions on the Offered Certificates" and
                                "--Accounts" herein.     
 
                                The Class A Certificates and Class I
                                Certificates will be senior in right and
                                interest to the Class IC Certificate. The Class
                                A Certificateholders and the Class I
                                Certificateholders will have equal rights with
                                respect to amounts collected on or with respect
                                to the Receivables and other assets of the
                                Trust in the event of a shortfall. The Trustee
                                will first withdraw funds from the Spread
                                Account on each Distribution Date to the extent
                                of any shortfall in the Class A Monthly
                                Interest and Class I Monthly Interest and the
                                Monthly Principal as described above. Any
                                amount on deposit in the Spread Account on any
                                Distribution Date in excess of the Required
                                Spread Amount (defined below) after all other
                                required deposits thereto and withdrawals
                                therefrom have been made, and after payment
                                therefrom of all amounts due the Surety Bond
                                Issuer, will be distributed to the holder of
                                the Class IC Certificate (the "Class IC
                                Certificateholder"). Any amount so distributed
                                to the Class IC Certificateholder will no
                                longer be an asset of the Trust. While it is
                                intended that the amount on deposit in the
                                Spread Account will grow over time, through the
                                deposit thereof of the excess collections, if
                                any, on the Receivables, up to the Required
                                Spread Amount, there can be no assurance that
                                such growth will actually occur. The "Required
                                Spread Amount" with respect to any Distribution
                                Date will equal    % of the initial Pool
                                Balance. If the average aggregate yield of the
                                Receivables Pool in excess of losses falls
                                below a prescribed level set forth in the
                                Insurance Agreement, the Required Spread Amount
                                will be increased to    % of the Pool Balance.
                                Upon and during the continuance of an Event of
                                Default or upon the occurrence of certain other
                                events described in the Insurance Agreement
                                generally involving a failure of performance by
                                the Servicer or a material misrepresentation
 
                                      S-5
<PAGE>
 
                                   
                                made by the Servicer under the Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement or the Insurance Agreement,
                                the required Spread Amount shall be equal to
                                the Surety Bond Amount, as further described
                                below. See "The Offered Certificates--Accounts"
                                and "--The Surety Bond" herein.     
 
Surety Bond...................  The Depositor shall obtain an irrevocable
                                surety bond (the "Surety Bond") issued by the
                                Surety Bond Issuer (as specified below), for
                                the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the
                                Class A Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders. The Trustee shall draw on
                                the Surety Bond in the event that sufficient
                                funds are not available (after payment of the
                                Monthly Servicing Fee and after withdrawals
                                from the Spread Account to pay the Class A
                                Certificateholders and Class I
                                Certificateholders on any Distribution Date in
                                accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement) to distribute Class A Monthly
                                Interest and Class I Monthly Interest and
                                Monthly Principal, up to the Surety Bond
                                Amount. See "The Offered Certificates--The
                                Surety Bond."
 
Surety Bond Amount............     
                                The term "Surety Bond Amount" means with
                                respect to any Distribution Date: (x) the sum
                                of (A) the lesser of (i) the Certificate
                                Balance (after giving effect to any
                                distribution of Available Funds and any funds
                                withdrawn from the Spread Account to pay
                                Monthly Principal on such Distribution Date)
                                and (ii) the Net Principal Surety Bond Amount,
                                plus (B) Class A Monthly Interest, plus (C)
                                Class I Monthly Interest, plus (D) the Monthly
                                Servicing Fee; less (y) all amounts on deposit
                                in the Spread Account on such Distribution Date
                                (including any outstanding Advances on deposit
                                therein). "Net Principal Surety Bond Amount"
                                means the Certificate Balance as of the first
                                Distribution Date minus all amounts previously
                                drawn on the Surety Bond or from the Spread
                                Account with respect to Monthly Principal.     
 
Surety Bond Issuer............           .
 
Optional Purchase.............  The Servicer has the right to purchase all the
                                Receivables (referred to herein as an "Optional
                                Purchase") as of the last day of any Collection
                                Period, at a purchase price equal to the fair
                                market value of the Receivables (but not less
                                than the sum of (i) their aggregate outstanding
                                principal balance plus accrued and unpaid
                                interest thereon and (ii) any amounts due the
                                Surety Bond Issuer), if (i) the Certificate
                                Balance as of the following Distribution Date
                                will equal 10% or less of the initial
                                Certificate Balance and (ii) the Class I
                                Notional Principal Amount has been reduced to
                                zero.
 
Tax Status....................  In the opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff,
                                L.L.P., special tax counsel to the Depositor,
                                the Trust will not be treated as an association
                                taxable as a corporation or as a "publicly
                                traded partnership" taxable as a corporation.
                                The Trustee and the
 
                                      S-6
<PAGE>
 
                                Certificateholders will agree to treat the
                                Trust as a partnership for federal income tax
                                purposes, which will not be subject to federal
                                income tax at the Trust level. See "Federal
                                Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.
 
Ratings.......................     
                                As a condition to the issuance of the Offered
                                Certificates, the Class A Certificates and
                                Class I Certificates must be rated in one of
                                the four highest rating categories by at least
                                one nationally recognized rating agency. The
                                rating of the Class I Certificates does not
                                address the possibility that rapid rates of
                                principal prepayments could result in a failure
                                of the holders of the Class I Certificates to
                                fully recover their investment. A security
                                rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or
                                hold securities and may be subject to revision
                                or withdrawal at any time by the assigning
                                rating agency. See "Risk Factors-- Ratings of
                                the Certificates."     
 
ERISA Considerations..........  Subject to the considerations discussed under
                                "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                                Prospectus, the Class A Certificates and the
                                Class I Certificates may be eligible for
                                purchase by employee benefit plans subject to
                                the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
                                1974, as amended ("ERISA"). Any benefit plan
                                fiduciary considering the purchase of an
                                Offered Certificate should, among other things,
                                consult with experienced legal counsel in
                                determining whether all required conditions for
                                such purchase have been satisfied. See "ERISA
                                Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.
 
                                      S-7
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  Investors should carefully consider the information set forth below as well
as the other investment considerations described in this prospectus.
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
  There is currently no secondary market for the Offered Certificates. The
Underwriters currently intend to make a market in the Offered Certificates,
but are under no obligation to do so. There can be no assurance that a
secondary market will develop or, if one does develop, that it will provide
Certificateholders with liquidity of investment or that it will continue for
the life of the Offered Certificates.
 
CERTIFICATES SOLELY OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST
   
  The Offered Certificates are interests in the Trust only and do not
represent the obligation of any other person. The Class A Certificateholders
and Class I Certificateholders are senior in right and interest to the Class
IC Certificateholder (as described under "The Offered Certificates--
Distributions on the Offered Certificates"). The Trustee will withdraw funds
from the Spread Account, up to the full balance of the funds on deposit in
such account, only in the event that Available Funds are insufficient in
accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to distribute Class A
Monthly Interest and Class I Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal (after
payment of the Monthly Servicing Fee). The amount on deposit in the Spread
Account is intended to increase over time to an amount equal to the Required
Spread Amount. There is no assurance that such growth will occur or that the
balance in the Spread Account will always be sufficient to assure payment in
full of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest. If the amount on deposit in
the Spread Account is reduced to zero after giving effect to all amounts to be
deposited to and withdrawn from the Spread Account pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, on any Distribution Date prior to termination of the
Trust, the Trustee will draw on the Surety Bond, in an amount equal to the
shortfall in respect of Class A Monthly Interest and Class I Monthly Interest
and Monthly Principal, up to the Surety Bond Amount. If the Spread Account is
reduced to zero and there is a default under the Surety Bond, the Trust will
depend solely on current distributions on the Receivables to make
distributions on the Certificates. See "The Receivables Pool--Delinquencies
and Credit Losses" and "The Offered Certificates--Accounts" herein.     
 
PREPAYMENT RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE CLASS I CERTIFICATES
   
  If the Receivables prepay at a constant rate within the range assumed in
preparing the Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule, the PAC Component
and the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates will be reduced
in accordance with the Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule. If the
Receivables prepay at a constant rate higher than  % ABS, the Notional
Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates will be reduced more quickly than
provided in the Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule, thereby reducing
the yield to holders of the Class I Certificates. In general, a rapid rate of
principal prepayments (including liquidations due to losses, repurchases and
other dispositions) will have a material negative effect on the yield to
maturity of the Class I Certificates. Prospective investors should fully
consider the associated risks, including the risk that a rapid rate of
prepayments could result in the failure of investors in the Class I
Certificates to recoup their initial investment. See "Yield and Prepayment
Considerations" herein.     
 
RATINGS OF THE CERTIFICATES
   
  It is a condition of issuance of the Offered Certificates that the Class A
Certificates and the Class I Certificates be rated in one of the four the
highest categories by at least one nationally recognized rating agency. Such
ratings will reflect only the views of the relevant rating agency. There is no
assurance that any such rating will continue for any period of time or that it
will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by such rating agency if, in its
judgment, circumstances so warrant. A revision or withdrawal of such rating
may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Offered Certificates.
The rating of the Class I Certificates does not address the possibility that
rapid rates of principal prepayments could result in a failure of the holders
of the Class I Certificates to fully recover their investment. A security
rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.     
 
                                      S-8
<PAGE>
 
   
TERMINATION UPON INSOLVENCY EVENT OF THE TAX CLASS IC CERTIFICATEHOLDER     
   
  The Depositor will be the Tax Class IC Certificateholder (as defined herein).
If an Insolvency Event (as defined herein) occurs with respect to the Tax Class
IC Certificateholder, the Receivables will be sold and the Trust will be
liquidated unless, within the period specified herein, holders of more than 51%
of the Certificate Balance and holders of more than 51% of the Notional
Principal Balance of the Class I Certificates instruct the Trustee not to sell
the Receivables and to liquidate the Trust or unless such sale and liquidation
is otherwise prohibited by applicable law. The Surety Bond will not be
available to pay any shortfalls due to Certificateholders upon the sale of the
Receivables on liquidation of the Trust. See "The Offered Certificates--
Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Tax Class IC Certificateholder"
herein.     
   
  The Depositor is a special purpose corporation the activities of which are
circumscribed by its charter with a view to reducing any risk of its
bankruptcy; however, no representation is made concerning the financial
condition of the Tax Class IC Certificateholder or the likelihood of an
Insolvency Event with respect to such holder. In the event of the sale of the
Receivables and liquidation of the Trust following an Insolvency Event, the
proceeds may not be sufficient to pay all accrued and unpaid amounts owing on
the Certificates. The Surety Bond will not be available to cover any such
shortfall. Following such a sale, the Class I Certificateholders may be
entitled to receive a portion of the proceeds from the sale based upon the
amount originally paid for the Class I Certificates (as reduced by prior
returns on such amount) as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Furthermore, any distributions of such proceeds will have an effect similar to
a prepayment of the Receivables and could affect the yield on the Class A
Certificates and may significantly affect the yield on the Class I
Certificates. See "Yield and Prepayment Considerations" herein.     
 
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
  As of the Cutoff Date, based upon billing address information provided to
CTL, the Obligors resided in   states and the District of Columbia, two of
which, California and Texas, account for approximately  % and  %, respectively,
of the aggregate principal balance of the Receivables. Adverse economic
conditions in California or Texas could adversely affect the delinquency, loan
loss or repossession experience of the Trust.
 
                             FORMATION OF THE TRUST
   
  The Depositor will establish the Trust by selling and assigning the Trust
property, as described below, to the Trustee in exchange for the Offered
Certificates. The Depositor will retain the Class IC Certificate. CTL will be
responsible for servicing the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and will be compensated for acting as the Servicer. See "Description
of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing Compensation and Payment of
Expenses" in the Prospectus. To facilitate servicing and to minimize
administrative burden and expense, the Servicer will be appointed custodian of
the Receivables by the Trustee, and will stamp the Receivable files to reflect
the sale and assignment of the Receivables to the Trust, however, there will
not be any notation of the Trust's lien on the certificates of title of the
Financed Vehicles. In the absence of such notation on the certificates of
title, the Trustee may not have perfected security interests in the Financed
Vehicles securing the Receivables. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables" in the Prospectus. Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, CTL may delegate its duties as Servicer and custodian; however, any
such delegation will not relieve CTL of its liability and responsibility with
respect to such duties.     
 
  The Depositor will establish, for the benefit of the Class A
Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders and the Surety Bond Issuer,
the Spread Account and will obtain the Surety Bond. Withdrawals from the Spread
Account and, only after such withdrawals, draws on the Surety Bond will be made
in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in the event that
sufficient funds are not available (after payment of the
 
                                      S-9
<PAGE>
 
Monthly Servicing Fee) to distribute, in the case of Class I Monthly Interest,
Class A Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal, up to the Surety Bond Amount.
If the Spread Account is exhausted and there is a default under the Surety
Bond, the Trust will look only to the Obligors on the Receivables and the
proceeds from the repossession and sale of Financed Vehicles that secure
Defaulted Receivables for distributions of interest and principal on the
Certificates. In such event, certain factors, such as the Trustee's not having
perfected security interests in some of the Financed Vehicles, may affect the
Trust's ability to realize on the collateral securing the Receivables, and
thus may reduce the proceeds to be distributed to Certificateholders. See "The
Offered Certificates--Accounts" herein and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables" in the Prospectus.
 
                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL
 
  The Receivables were selected from CTL's portfolio for purchase by the
Depositor by several criteria, including that each Receivable: (i) has an
original number of payments of not more than     payments and not less than
    payments, (ii) has a remaining maturity of not more than     months and
not less than     months, (iii) provides for level monthly payments that fully
amortize the amount financed over the original term, and (iv) has a Contract
Rate (exclusive of prepaid finance charges) of not less than  % per annum. The
weighted average remaining maturity of the Receivables will be approximately
    months as of the Cutoff Date.
 
  Approximately  % of the aggregate principal balance of the Receivables as of
the Cutoff date are simple interest contracts which provide for equal monthly
payments. Approximately  % of the aggregate principal balance of the
Receivables as of the Cutoff Date are Precomputed Receivables (as defined in
the Prospectus) originated in California. The remaining balance of the
Receivables are Precomputed Receivables originated outside of California. All
of such Precomputed Receivables are Rule of 78's Receivables (as defined in
the Prospectus). Approximately  % of the aggregate principal balance of the
Receivables as of the Cutoff Date represent financing of new vehicles; the
remainder of the Receivables represent financing of used vehicles.
   
  Obligors of the Receivables representing more than 10% of the aggregate
principal balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date reside in each of
the States of California and Texas, based upon billing address information
provided to CTL. The performance of the Receivables in the aggregate could be
adversely affected in particular by the development of adverse economic
conditions in any such state. See "Risk Factors--Geographic Concentration" and
"--Delinquencies and Credit Losses" herein.     
      
   COMPOSITION OF THE RECEIVABLES BY VEHICLE TYPE AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  AGGREGATE ORIGINAL  WEIGHTED
                                       NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL AVERAGE
                                      RECEIVABLES  BALANCE   BALANCE    RATE
                                      ----------- --------- --------- --------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
New automobiles and light-duty
 trucks..............................               $         $          . %
Used automobiles and light-duty
 trucks..............................
New vans(1)..........................
Used vans(1).........................
Motorcycles..........................
All other receivables................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
 
                                     S-10
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   WEIGHTED  WEIGHTED PERCENT OF
                                                    AVERAGE  AVERAGE  AGGREGATE
                                                   REMAINING ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL
                                                    TERM(2)  TERM(2)  BALANCE(3)
                                                   --------- -------- ----------
<S>                                                <C>       <C>      <C>
New automobiles and light-duty trucks.............    months   months     . %
Used automobiles and light-duty trucks............
New vans(1).......................................
Used vans(1)......................................
Motorcycles.......................................
All other receivables.............................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the Receivables.
(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
        GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      PERCENT OF
                                                                      AGGREGATE
                                                                      PRINCIPAL
STATE(1)(2)                                                           BALANCE(3)
- -----------                                                           ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
        .............................................................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Based on address of the Obligor.
(2) $    of Receivables were originated by Dealers and purchased from such
    Dealers by CTL.
(3) Sum may not equal to 100% due to rounding.
 
                                      S-11
<PAGE>
 
   
    DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES BY MODEL YEAR AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PRINCIPAL
MODEL                           NUMBER OF  PERCENTAGE  BALANCE AS OF PERCENTAGE
 YEAR                          RECEIVABLES OF TOTAL(1) CUT OFF DATE  OF TOTAL(1)
- -----                          ----------- ----------- ------------- -----------
<S>                            <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
19  ..........................                  . %        $              . %
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
19  ..........................
  Total.......................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
   
  DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES BY CONTRACT RATE AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PERCENTAGE
                                                AGGREGATE  AVERAGE  OF AGGREGATE
                                     NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL  PRINCIPAL
NOTE RATE RANGE                     RECEIVABLES  BALANCE   BALANCE   BALANCE(1)
- ---------------                     ----------- --------- --------- ------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
to  %..............................               $           . %       $
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
to  %..............................
  Total............................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
                                      S-12
<PAGE>
 
    DISTRIBUTION OF THE RECEIVABLES BY REMAINING TERM AS OF THE CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PERCENTAGE
 REMAINING                                     AGGREGATE  AVERAGE  OF AGGREGATE
 SCHEDULED                          NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL  PRINCIPAL
 TERM RANGE                        RECEIVABLES  BALANCE   BALANCE   BALANCE(1)
 ----------                        ----------- --------- --------- ------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
0 to 6 months.....................               $           . %       $
7 to 12 months....................
13 to 24 months...................
25 to 36 months...................
37 to 48 months...................
49 to 60 months...................
61 to 66 months...................
67 to 84 months...................
  Total...........................
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
   
DELINQUENCIES AND CREDIT LOSSES     
   
  Set forth below is certain information concerning the experience of CTL
pertaining to delinquencies and credit losses on its fixed rate retail
automobile, light truck, recreational vehicle, motorcycle and van receivables
serviced by CTL. There can be no assurance that the delinquency and credit
loss experience on the Receivables will be comparable to that set forth below.
    
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                            AT SEPTEMBER 30,                              AT DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------     ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1996                     1995                  1994                  1993
                          --------------------     --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                           NUMBER OF                NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF
                          RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT      RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT
                          ----------- --------     ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C> <C>
Servicing portfolio.....    24,427    $303,665       22,621    $266,106    22,997    $261,325    22,034    $239,353
Delinquencies
 30-59 days.............        97       1,022           84         811       102         977       110         822
 60-89 days.............        65         686           66         692        55         394        69         528
 90 days or more........        60         482           49         348        59         382        37         279
                            ------    --------       ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------
Total delinquencies.....       222       2,190          199       1,851       216       1,753       216       1,629
                            ------    --------       ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------
Total delinquencies as a
 percent of servicing
 portfolio..............       .91%        .72%         .88%        .70%      .94%        .67%      .98%        .68%
                            ======    ========       ======    ========    ======    ========    ======    ========
<CAPTION>
                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                             SEPTEMBER 30,                            YEAR ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
                          --------------------     ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1996                     1995                  1994                  1993
                          --------------------     --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                           NUMBER OF                NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF
                          RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT      RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT
                          ----------- --------     ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C> <C>
Average servicing
 portfolio(2)...........    23,524    $284,886       22,809    $266,746    22,516    $252,144    25,266    $257,034
Net charge-offs:
 Gross charge-offs......       520       3,182          644       3,787       527       2,500       856       4,692
Recoveries..............                   587                      581                   573                   554
                            ------    --------       ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------
Net losses..............                 2,595                    3,206                 1,927                 4,138
                                      ========                 ========              ========              ========
Gross charge-offs as a
 percent of average
 servicing portfolio ...      2.95%       1.49%        2.82%       1.42%     2.34%        .99%     3.39%       1.83%
Recoveries as a percent
 of gross charge-offs...                 18.45%                   15.34%                22.92%                11.81%
Net losses as a
 percentage of average
 servicing portfolio....                  1.21%(4)                 1.20%                  .76%                 1.61%
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) There is generally no recourse to Dealers under any of the receivables in
    the portfolio serviced by CTL, except to the extent of representations and
    warranties made by Dealers in connection with such receivables.
(2) Equals the monthly arithmetic average.
(3) Variation in the size of the portfolio serviced by CTL will affect the
    percentages in "Gross Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Servicing
    Portfolio" and "Net Losses as a Percentage of Average Servicing
    Portfolio."
   
(4) Annualized     
 
                                     S-13
<PAGE>
 
                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
GENERAL
   
  Monthly Interest (as defined herein) on the Receivables will be distributed
to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the extent of the Pass-
Through Rate applied to the Certificate Balance or Notional Principal Amount,
as applicable, as of the preceding Distribution Date or the Closing Date, as
applicable (after giving effect to distributions of principal on such
preceding Distribution Date). See "The Offered Certificates--Distributions on
the Offered Certificates" herein. In the event of a full or partial prepayment
on a Receivable, Certificateholders will receive interest for the full month
of such prepayment either through the distribution of interest paid on other
Receivables, withdrawal from the Spread Account or from the Surety Bond,
unless there has been a default thereunder.     
   
  Although the Receivables will have different Contract Rates, each
Receivable's Contract Rate generally will exceed the sum of (a) the Class A
Pass-Through Rate, (b) the per annum rate used to calculate the Surety Bond
Fee, (c) the Class I Pass-Through Rate, and (d) the per annum rate used to
calculate the Monthly Servicing Fee. The Contract Rate on a small percentage
of the Receivables, however, will be less than the foregoing sum.
Disproportionate rates of prepayments between Receivables with higher and
lower Contract Rates could affect the ability of the Trust to distribute
Monthly Interest to Certificateholders to the extent that there has been a
default under the Surety Bond.     
 
  The effective yield to Certificateholders will be below the yield otherwise
produced by the Pass-Through Rate because the distribution of Monthly
Principal and Monthly Interest in respect of any given month will not be made
until the related Distribution Date, which will not be earlier than the eighth
day of the following month.
 
THE CLASS I CERTIFICATES
   
  The Class I Certificates are interest only certificates. Although the
planned amortization feature of the Class I Certificates is intended to reduce
the uncertainty of prepayments with respect to the Class I Certificates, if
the Receivables prepay quickly, the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I
Certificates may be reduced more quickly than provided in the Planned Notional
Principal Amount Schedule, thereby reducing the yield to the holders of the
Class I Certificates. The yield to maturity on the Class I Certificates will
therefore be very sensitive to the rate of prepayments, including voluntary
prepayments, prepayments due to liquidations, repurchases and losses or from
the sale of the Receivables upon an Insolvency Event with respect to the Tax
Class IC Certificateholder. Prospective investors should fully consider the
associated risks, including the risk that a rapid rate of prepayments could
result in the failure of investors in the Class I Certificates to recoup their
initial investment. See "Risk Factors--Prepayment Risks Associated with the
Class I Certificate," "--Termination Upon Insolvency Event of the Tax Class IC
Certificateholder," "The Offered Certificates--The Class I Certificates--
Calculation of Notional Principal Amount," and "--Class I Yield
Considerations."     
 
                             THE DEPOSITOR AND CTL
 
  CTL currently acquires loans from over 2,800 manufacturer franchised
automobile dealerships and 160 used car dealers in eight states. CTL is a
California industrial loan company, formed in 1959. In addition to the
indirect automobile finance business, CTL underwrites and purchases
residential real estate loans and commercial equipment leases. For the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, CTL acquired automobile loans aggregating $142.6 million,
$156.2 million and $172.0 million and $137.9 million, respectively. Of the
$303.7 million of loans in the automobile servicing portfolio of CTL
(consisting of the principal balance of loans held for sale) at September 30,
1996, approximately 74% represented loans on used cars and approximately 26%
represented loans on new cars. CTL began to offer its motor vehicle loan
products to an increased number of selected used car dealerships in 1994. In
years prior, the amount of Receivables secured by used cars was immaterial.
 
                                     S-14
<PAGE>
 
  Additional information regarding CTL and the Depositor is set forth under
"California Thrift & Loan and Affiliates" in the Prospectus.
 
                            THE SURETY BOND ISSUER
 
              [INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED BY SURETY BOND ISSUER]
 
                                     S-15
<PAGE>
 
                           THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
 
  The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. Copies of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without
exhibits) may be obtained by Certificateholders upon request in writing to the
Servicer at the address set forth herein under "Reports to
Certificateholders." Citations to the relevant sections of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement appear below in parentheses. The following is a summary of
the material terms of the Certificates and is subject to and qualified in its
entirety by reference to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
   
  In general, it is intended that the Trustee distribute to the Class A
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date beginning      , 199 , the
aggregate principal payments, including full and partial prepayments (except
certain prepayments in respect of Precomputed Receivables as described below
under "--Accounts") received on the Receivables during the related Collection
Period, plus a full month's interest at the Class A Pass-Through Rate (except
that the first interest payment will represent interest from the Closing Date
to the end of the first Collection Period). It is also intended that the
Trustee distribute to the Class I Certificateholders, on each Distribution
Date beginning on      , 199  and continuing until the Distribution Date on
which the Class I Notional Principal Amount is reduced to zero, a full month's
interest at the Class I Pass-Through Rate on the Class I Notional Principal
Amount (except that the first interest payment will represent interest from
the Closing Date to the end of the first Collection Period). See "--
Distributions on the Offered Certificates." Interest to Certificateholders may
be provided by a payment made by or on behalf of the Obligor, by an Advance
made by the Servicer to cover interest due on a delinquent Receivable or by a
withdrawal from the Spread Account. If such interest represents Class A
Monthly Interest or Class I Monthly Interest it may be provided by a draw on
the Surety Bond if there are not sufficient funds (after payment of the
Monthly Servicing Fee and after giving effect to any withdrawals from the
Spread Account for the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders and Class I
Certificateholders) to pay Class I Monthly Interest, Class A Monthly Interest
and Monthly Principal. Draws on the Surety Bond to pay Class A Monthly
Interest and Class I Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal will be limited to
the Surety Bond Amount. See "--Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "--
Accounts" herein.     
 
THE CLASS I CERTIFICATES--CALCULATION OF NOTIONAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
   
  The Class I Certificates are interest-only planned amortization securities.
The Class I Certificates are entitled to receive interest at the Class I Pass-
Through Rate on the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates. The
planned amortization feature is intended to reduce the uncertainty to
investors in the Class I Certificates with respect to prepayments because the
Class I Certificates will receive interest based on their Notional Principal
Amount, which is based on a principal paydown schedule rather than on the
reduction in the actual Certificate Balance as a result of principal payments
and prepayments, as described below. Solely for the purpose of calculating the
amount payable with respect to the Class I Certificates, the Certificate
Balance will be divided into two principal components, the "PAC Component" and
the "Companion Component." The Notional Principal Amount will be equal to the
PAC Component, originally $   . The sum of the PAC Component and the Companion
Component will at all times equal the then aggregate unpaid Certificate
Balance.     
   
  The Agreement establishes a schedule (the "Planned Notional Principal Amount
Schedule") pursuant to which principal will be allocated to the PAC Component
and the Companion Component, as described below. As the PAC Component is
reduced, the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificate will also be
reduced, resulting in reduced payments to the holders of the Class I
Certificates.     
 
  On each Distribution Date, the Monthly Principal will be allocated first to
the PAC Component up to the amount necessary to reduce the PAC Component to
its Planned Notional Principal Amount for such Distribution Date, as set forth
in the Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule, second, to the Companion
Component until the balance thereof is reduced to zero and third, to the PAC
Component, without regard to the Planned Notional Principal Amount for such
Distribution Date. The foregoing allocations will be made solely for purposes
of calculating the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates and
correspondingly, the amount of interest payable with respect to the Class I
Certificates. The Class I Certificates are not entitled to
 
                                     S-16
<PAGE>
 
receive any principal payments. The foregoing calculations will not affect
distributions of principal with respect to the Class A Certificates.
 
                  PLANNED NOTIONAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT SCHEDULE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PLANNED NOTIONAL
   DISTRIBUTION DATE                                            PRINCIPAL AMOUNT
   -----------------                                            ----------------
   <S>                                                          <C>
   [Initial]...................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
      .........................................................
</TABLE>
 
  The Class I Certificates will not be entitled to any distributions after the
Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates has been reduced to
zero.
 
CLASS I YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
   
  Although the planned amortization feature of the Class I Certificates is
intended to reduce the uncertainty relating to prepayments of the Receivables
with respect to the Class I Certificates, the yield to maturity of the Class I
Certificates will remain extremely sensitive to the prepayment experience of
the Receivables, including voluntary prepayments, prepayments due to
liquidations, repurchases and losses or from the sale of the Receivables upon
an Insolvency Event with respect to the Tax Class IC Certificateholder.
Prospective investors should fully consider the associated risks, including
the risk that such investors may not fully recover their initial investment.
In particular, investors in the Class I Certificates should note that they
will not be entitled to any distributions after the Class I Notional Principal
Amount has been reduced to zero, and that Receivables may be repurchased due
to breaches of representations. See also "--Termination Upon Insolvency Event
of the Tax Class IC Certificateholder" and "Risk Factors--Prepayment Risks
Associated with the Class I Certificate" herein.     
 
  The following table illustrates the significant effect that prepayments on
the Receivables have upon the yield to maturity of the Class I Certificates.
The table shows the approximate hypothetical pre-tax yields to maturity of the
Class I Certificates, stated on a corporate bond equivalent basis, under
different prepayment assumptions based on the assumed purchase price and the
ABS prepayment model described below. The following table also assumes that
the Receivables have been aggregated into     hypothetical pools having the
following characteristics and that the level scheduled monthly payment for
each of the four pools (which is based on its principal balance, weighted
average Contract Rate and weighted average remaining term as of the Cutoff
Date and its weighted average original term) will be such that such pool will
be fully amortized by the end of its weighted average remaining term.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                WEIGHTED AVERAGE
                                                REMAINING TERM TO ORIGINAL TERM
          CUTOFF DATE WEIGHTED WEIGHTED AVERAGE     MATURITY       TO MATURITY
POOL       PRINCIPAL  BALANCE     NOTE RATE        (IN MONTHS)     (IN MONTHS)
- ----      ----------- -------- ---------------- ----------------- -------------
<S>       <C>         <C>      <C>              <C>               <C>
1........    $           . %
2........
3........
4........
</TABLE>
 
                                     S-17
<PAGE>
 
   
  For purposes of the table, it is also assumed that (i) the purchase price of
the Class I Certificates is as set forth below, (ii) the Receivables have the
characteristics set forth under "--The Class I Certificates--Calculation of
Notional Principal Amount" above, (iii) the Receivables prepay monthly at the
specified percentages of ABS as set forth in the table below, (iv) prepayments
representing prepayments in full of individual Receivables are received on the
last day of the month and include a full month's interest thereon, (v) the
Closing Date for the Offered Certificates is      , 199 , (vi) distributions
on the Offered Certificates are made, in cash, on the eighth day of each
month, commencing in    , 199 , (vii) no defaults or delinquencies in the
payment of the Receivables are experienced, and (viii) no Receivable is
repurchased for breach of representation and warranty or otherwise.     
 
            SENSITIVITY OF THE CLASS I CERTIFICATES TO PREPAYMENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                              %   %   %   %   %
PRICE(1)                                                     ABS ABS ABS ABS ABS
- --------                                                     --- --- --- --- ---
<S>                                                          <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
     .......................................................
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Expressed as a percentage of the original Notional Principal Amount.
 
  Based on the assumptions described above and assuming a purchase price of  %
at approximately  % ABS, the pre-tax yield to maturity of the Class I
Certificates would be approximately  %.
 
  It is highly unlikely that the Receivables will prepay at a constant rate
until maturity or that all of the Receivables will prepay at the same rate.
The foregoing table assumes that each Receivable bears interest at its
specified Contract Rate, has the same remaining amortization term, and prepays
at the same rate. In fact, receivables will prepay at different rates and have
different terms.
 
  The yields set forth in the preceding table were calculated by determining
the monthly discount rates which, when applied to the assumed stream of cash
flows to be paid on the Class I Certificates, would cause the discounted
present value of such assumed cash flows to equal the assumed purchase price
of such Class I Certificates and by converting such monthly rates to corporate
bond equivalent rates. Such calculations do not take into account variations
that may occur in the interest rates at which investors may be able to
reinvest funds received by them as distributions on the Class I Certificates
and consequently do not purport to reflect the return on any investment in the
Class I Certificates when such reinvestment rates are considered.
 
  The Receivables will not necessarily have the characteristics assumed above,
and there can be no assurance that (i) the Receivables will prepay at any of
the rates shown in the table or at any other particular rate or will prepay
proportionately, (ii) the pre-tax yield on the Class I Certificates will
correspond to any of the pre-tax yields shown above or (iii) the aggregate
purchase price of the Class I Certificates will be equal to the purchase price
assumed. Because the Receivables will include Receivables that have remaining
terms to stated maturity shorter or longer than those assumed and Contract
Rates higher or lower than those assumed, the pre-tax yield on the Class I
Certificates may differ from those set forth above, even if all of the
Receivables prepay at the indicated constant prepayment rates.
 
  As used herein, "ABS" refers to a prepayment model which assumes a constant
percentage of the original number of contracts in a pool prepay each month.
ABS does not purport to be either an historical description of the prepayment
experience of any pool of receivables or a prediction of the anticipated rate
of prepayments of any pool of receivables, including the Receivables.
 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
 
  Certain information with respect to the conveyance of the Receivables (i)
from CTL to the Depositor pursuant to the Purchase Agreement dated as of
     , 199 , and (ii) from the Depositor to the Trust
 
                                     S-18
<PAGE>
 
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is set forth under
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of
the Receivables" in the Prospectus.
 
ACCOUNTS
 
  In addition to the Certificate Account, the property of the Trust will
include the Spread Account and the Payahead Account.
 
  Spread Account. On the Closing Date, the Depositor will establish the Spread
Account. Thereafter, the amount held in the Spread Account will be increased
up to the Required Spread Amount by the deposit thereto of payments on the
Receivables not utilized to make payments to the Certificateholders (other
than the Class IC Certificateholder), the Surety Bond Issuer or the Servicer
on any Distribution Date. While it is intended that the Spread Account will
grow over time to equal the Required Spread Amount through monthly deposits of
excess collections on the Receivables, if any, there can be no assurance that
such growth will actually occur. The Spread Account will be established for
the benefit of the Class A Certificateholders, Class I Certificateholders and
the Surety Bond Issuer. On each Distribution Date, any amounts on deposit in
the Spread Account after the payment of any amounts owed to the Surety Bond
Issuer in excess of the Required Spread Amount will be withdrawn from the
Spread Account and distributed to the Class IC Certificateholder.
 
  Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will
withdraw funds from the Spread Account and transfer them to the Certificate
Account for any deficiency of Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal as further
described below under "--Distributions on the Offered Certificates," to the
extent available, prior to making any draw on the Surety Bond.
 
  In the event that the balance of the Spread Account is reduced to zero and
there is a default under the Surety Bond on any Distribution Date, the Trust
will depend solely on current distributions on the Receivables to make
distributions of principal and interest on the Certificates. Any reduction in
the principal balance of the Receivables due to losses on the Receivables will
also result in a reduction of the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I
Certificates. In addition, because the market value of motor vehicles
generally declines with age and because of difficulties that may be
encountered in enforcing motor vehicle contracts as described in the
Prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables," the Servicer may
not recover the entire amount due on such Receivables in the event of a
repossession and resale of a Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable in
default. In such event, the Certificateholders may suffer a corresponding
loss. Any such losses would be borne pro rata by the Class A
Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders.
   
  Payahead Account. The Servicer will establish an additional account (the
"Payahead Account"), in the name of the Trustee and for the benefit of
Obligors on the Receivables, into which, to the extent required by the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, early payments by or on behalf of Obligors on
Precomputed Receivables will be deposited until such time as the payment
becomes due. Until such time as payments are transferred from the Payahead
Account to the Certificate Account, they will not constitute collected
interest or collected principal and will not be available for distribution to
Certificateholders. Interest earned on the balance in the Payahead Account
will be remitted to the Servicer monthly. Collections on a Precomputed
Receivable made during a Collection Period shall be applied first to any
overdue scheduled payment on such Receivable, then to the scheduled payment on
such Receivable due in such Collection Period. If any collections remaining
after the scheduled payment is made are insufficient to prepay the Precomputed
Receivable in full, then generally such remaining collections shall be
transferred to and kept in the Payahead Account until such later Collection
Period as the collections may be retransferred to the Certificate Account and
applied either to a later scheduled payment or to prepay such Receivable in
full.     
 
ADVANCES
 
  With respect to each Receivable delinquent more than 30 days at the end of a
Collection Period, the Servicer will make an Advance in an amount equal to 30
days of interest, but only to the extent that the Servicer in its
 
                                     S-19
<PAGE>
 
sole discretion, expects to recoup the Advance from subsequent collections on
the Receivable. The Servicer will deposit the Advance in the Certificate
Account on or before the fifth calendar day of the month following the
Collection Period. The Servicer will recoup its Advance from subsequent
payments by or on behalf of the respective Obligor, from insurance proceeds
or, upon the Servicer's determination that reimbursement from the preceding
sources is unlikely, will recoup its Advance from any collections made on
other Receivables. (Section 9.05.)
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CLASS IC CERTIFICATE
   
  The Class IC Certificate, together with the Spread Account, facilitates the
retention of the Surety Bond Issuer. Further, the Class IC Certificate is
designed to stabilize the Class I Certificates sensitivity to prepayments.
Accordingly, the Class IC Certificate will only be entitled to receive monthly
all funds held in the Spread Account in excess of the Required Spread Amount
after payment of all amounts owed to the Surety Bond Issuer. Upon termination
of the Trust the Class IC Certificateholder is entitled to receive any amounts
remaining in the Spread Account (only after all required payments to the
Surety Bond Issuer are made) after the payment of expenses and distributions
to Certificateholders. See "--Accounts" above and "Unlimited Liability of the
Tax Class IC Certificateholder".     
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
 
  The Servicer will deposit in the Certificate Account the amount of payments
on all Receivables received with respect to the preceding Collection Period.
All such payments on the Simple Interest Receivables, the scheduled payments
on Precomputed Receivables, plus the net amount to be transferred from the
Payahead Account for the related Distribution Date, all Advances for such
Collection Period, and the Purchase Amount for all Receivables that became
Purchased Receivables during the preceding Collection Period, will be
available for distribution pursuant to the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement on the next succeeding Distribution Date ("Available Funds") and
will determine the amount of funds necessary to make distributions of Monthly
Principal and Monthly Interest to the Certificateholders and the Monthly
Servicing Fee to the Servicer. If there is a deficiency with respect to Class
A Monthly Interest or Class I Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal on any
Distribution Date after giving effect to payments of the Monthly Servicing Fee
on such Distribution Date, the Servicer will withdraw amounts, to the extent
available, from the Spread Account in the amount of such deficiency and notify
the Trustee of any remaining deficiency, whereupon the Trustee will draw on
the Surety Bond to pay Class A Monthly Interest and Class I Monthly Interest
and Monthly Principal on any Distribution Date, up to the Surety Bond Amount.
Moreover, if the Available Funds for a Distribution Date are insufficient to
pay current and past due Surety Bond Fees, and other amounts owed to the
Surety Bond Issuer, pursuant to the Insurance Agreement, plus accrued interest
thereon, to the Surety Bond Issuer, the Servicer will notify the Trustee of
such deficiency, and the amount, if any, then on deposit in the Spread Account
(after giving effect to any withdrawal to satisfy a deficiency described in
this and the preceding sentence) will be available to cover such deficiency.
 
  If acceptable to each Rating Agency without a reduction in the rating of any
class of Offered Certificates, the Servicing Fee due to the Servicer in
respect of each Collection Period will be distributed to the Servicer during
such Collection Period from Collections for such Collection Period.
 
  On each such Distribution Date, the Trustee will apply or cause to be
applied the Available Funds (plus, to the extent required for payment of
Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal any amounts withdrawn from the Spread
Account or drawn on the Surety Bond, as applicable) to make the following
payments in the following priority:
     
  (a) the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances on all Receivables that
      became Defaulted Receivables during the prior Collection Period;     
 
  (b) the Servicing Fee, including any overdue Servicing Fee, to the
      Servicer, to the extent not previously distributed to the Servicer;
 
                                     S-20
<PAGE>
 
  (c) pro rata, (y) Class A Monthly Interest, including any overdue Class A
      Monthly Interest, to the Class A Certificateholders and (z) Class I
      Monthly Interest, including any overdue Class I Monthly Interest, to
      the Class I Certificateholders;
 
  (d) the Surety Bond Fee (including any overdue Surety Bond Fee, plus
      accrued interest thereon) to the Surety Bond Issuer;
 
  (e) the amount of recoveries of Advances (to the extent such recoveries
      have not previously been reimbursed to the Servicer pursuant to clause
      (a) above), to the Servicer;
     
  (f) the amount of recoveries of Advances, to the Servicer (to the extent
      not applied pursuant to (i) above on or prior to such Distribution
      Date);     
     
  (g) the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed draws on the Surety Bond
      payable to the Surety Bond Issuer, under the Insurance Agreement, for
      Class A Monthly Interest, Class I Monthly Interest and Monthly
      Principal, plus accrued interest thereon and any other amounts owing to
      the Surety Bond Issuer under the Insurance Agreement; and     
     
  (h) the balance into the Spread Account.     
   
  After all distributions pursuant to clauses (a) through (h) above have been
made for each Distribution Date, the amount of funds remaining in the Spread
Account on such date, if any, in excess of the Required Spread Amount, will be
distributed by the Trustee to the Class IC Certificateholder. Any amounts so
distributed to the Class IC Certificateholder will no longer be property of
the Trust and Certificateholders will have no rights with respect thereto.
    
  If on any Distribution Date there are not sufficient Available Funds to pay
the distribution required by (c) above, the Available Funds distributable
thereunder shall be distributed proportionately on the basis of the ratio of
the required distribution due each of the Class A Certificateholders and Class
I Certificateholders, respectively, to the sum of the distributions required
by (c) to the Class A Certificateholders and the Class I Certificateholders.
The amount so distributed to the Class A Certificateholders hereunder shall be
allocated first to Class A Monthly Interest, and second to Monthly Principal.
 
  "Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal the sum of the Class
A Monthly Interest and the Class I Monthly Interest.
 
  "Class A Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for the
first Distribution Date, the product of the following: (one-twelfth of the
Class A Pass-Through Rate) multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing Date (assuming a 30 day month) from the Closing Date
divided by 30) multiplied by (the Certificate Balance at the Closing Date) and
(ii) with respect to each subsequent Distribution Date, the product of one-
twelfth of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and the Certificate Balance on the
preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to any distribution of
Monthly Principal required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).
 
  "Monthly Principal" for any Distribution Date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the Certificate Balance to the aggregate unpaid principal
balance of the Receivables on the last day of the preceding Collection Period;
provided, however, that Monthly Principal on the Final Scheduled Distribution
Date will equal the Certificate Balance on such date. For the purpose of
determining Monthly Principal, the unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted
Receivable or a Purchased Receivable is deemed to be zero on and after the
last day of the Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Defaulted
Receivable or a Purchased Receivable.
 
  "Class I Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for the
first Distribution Date, the product of the following: (one-twelfth of the
Class I Pass-Through Rate) multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing Date (assuming a 30 day month) from the Closing Date
divided by 30) multiplied by (the Class I Notional Principal Amount at the
Closing Date) and (ii) with respect to each subsequent Distribution Date, the
product of one-twelfth of the Class I Pass-Through Rate and the Notional
Principal Amount on the preceding Distribution Date (after giving effect to
any application of Monthly Principal on such preceding Distribution Date).
 
                                     S-21
<PAGE>
 
  "Surety Bond Fee" for any Distribution Date will equal one-twelfth of the
product of the Surety Bond per annum fee rate set forth in the Insurance
Agreement and the Certificate Balance calculated as of the first day of the
Collection Period to which such Distribution Date relates and payable monthly
in arrears.
 
  "Defaulted Receivable" will mean, for any Collection Period, a Receivable as
to which any of the following has occurred: (i) the Receivable is 150 days or
more delinquent as of the last day of such Collection Period; (ii) the
Financed Vehicle that secures the Receivable has been repossessed; or (iii)
the Receivable has been determined to be uncollectable in accordance with the
Servicer's customary practices on or prior to the last day of such Collection
Period; provided, however, that any Receivable which the Depositor or the
Servicer is obligated to repurchase or purchase pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement shall be deemed not to be a Defaulted Receivable.
 
  As an administrative convenience, the Servicer will be permitted to make the
deposit of Collections and aggregate Advances and Purchase Amounts for or with
respect to the Collection Period, net of distributions to be made to the
Servicer or Depositor with respect to the Collection Period. The Servicer,
however, will account to the Trustee and to the Certificateholders as if all
deposits and distributions were made individually. (Section 9.06.)
 
  The following chart sets forth an example of the application of the
foregoing provisions to a monthly distribution:
 
  .... Collection Period. The Servicer receives monthly payments,
       prepayments, and other proceeds in respect of the Receivables and
       deposits them in the Certificate Account. The Servicer may deduct the
       Servicing Fee from such deposits.
 
  .... Record Date. Distributions on the Distribution Date are made to
       Certificateholders of record at the close of business on this date.
     
  .... Determination Date. On the fifth calendar day after the end of the
       Collection Period the Servicer notifies the Trustee of the amounts to
       be distributed on the Distribution Date and of any deficiencies.     
     
  .... Distribution Date. On the third business day after the Determination
       Date the Trustee withdraws funds from the Spread Account and/or draws
       on the Surety Bond, if necessary, to pay Monthly Principal and Monthly
       Interest to Certificateholders as described herein. The Trustee
       distributes to Certificateholders amounts payable in respect of the
       Offered Certificates, and pays the Servicing Fee to the extent not
       previously paid, the Surety Bond Fee and any amounts owing to the
       Surety Bond Issuer.     
 
THE SURETY BOND
   
  On or before the Closing Date, the Depositor and CTL, in its individual
capacity and as Servicer, and the Surety Bond Issuer will enter into an
Insurance and Reimbursement Agreement (the "Insurance Agreement") pursuant to
which the Surety Bond Issuer will issue the Surety Bond. Under the terms of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, after withdrawal of any amounts in the
Spread Account with respect to a Distribution Date to pay a deficiency in
Class A Monthly Interest or Class I Monthly Interest or Monthly Principal, the
Trustee will be authorized to draw on the Surety Bond for the benefit of the
Class A Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders and credit the
Certificate Account for such draws as described under "--Distributions on the
Offered Certificates." The maximum amount that may be drawn under the Surety
Bond on any Distribution Date is limited to the Surety Bond Amount for such
Distribution Date. The Surety Bond Amount, with respect to any Distribution
Date, shall equal (x) the sum of (A) the lesser of (i) the Certificate Balance
(after giving effect to any distribution of Available Funds and any funds
withdrawn from the Spread Account to pay Monthly Principal on such
Distribution Date) and (ii) the Net Principal Surety Bond Amount, plus (B)
Class A Monthly Interest, plus (C) Class I Monthly Interest, plus (D) the
Monthly Servicing Fee; less (y) all amounts on deposit in the Spread Account
on such Distribution Date (including any outstanding Advances on deposit
therein). "Net Principal Surety Bond Amount" means the Certificate Balance as
of the first Distribution Date minus all amounts previously drawn on the
Surety Bond or from the Spread Account with respect to Monthly Principal.     
 
                                     S-22
<PAGE>
 
  The Surety Bond Issuer will be entitled to receive the Surety Bond Fee and
certain other amounts on each Distribution Date as described under "--
Distributions on the Offered Certificates" and to receive amounts on deposit
in the Spread Account as described above under "Accounts." The Surety Bond
Issuer will not be entitled to reimbursement of any amounts from the
Certificateholders. The Surety Bond Issuer's obligation under the Surety Bond
is irrevocable. The Surety Bond Issuer will have no obligation other than its
obligations under the Surety Bond to the Certificateholders or the Trustee.
 
  In the event that the balance in the Spread Account is reduced to zero and
there has been a default under the Surety Bond, the Trust may depend solely on
current distributions on the Receivables to make distributions of principal
and interest on the Offered Certificates. Any reduction in the principal
balance of the Receivables due to losses on the Receivables may also result in
a reduction of the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I Certificates. In
addition, because the market value of motor vehicles generally declines with
age and because of difficulties that may be encountered in enforcing motor
vehicle contracts as described in the Prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects
of the Receivables," the Servicer may not recover the entire amount due on
such Receivables in the event of a repossession and resale of a Financed
Vehicle securing a Receivable in default. In such event, the
Certificateholders may suffer a corresponding loss. Any such losses would be
borne pro rata by the Class A Certificateholders and Class I
Certificateholders.
   
UNLIMITED LIABILITY OF THE CLASS IC CERTIFICATEHOLDER     
   
  The Depositor as the initial Class IC Certificateholder has agreed to assume
unlimited personal liability to any creditor of the Trust (other than the
Trustee and the Certificateholders in certain circumstances; in this capacity
the Depositor is referred to as the "Tax Class IC Certificateholder."). Third
party creditors may rely on such agreement as third-party beneficiaries. The
Class IC Certificate may be transferred to non-affiliates of the Depositor so
long as the Depositor as the initial Class IC Certificateholder retains at
least 1% of the Class IC Certificate and remains subject to unlimited personal
liability to any creditor of the Trust (other than the Trustee and the
Certificateholders in certain circumstances).     
   
TERMINATION UPON INSOLVENCY EVENT OF THE TAX CLASS IC CERTIFICATEHOLDER     
   
  If an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the Tax Class IC
Certificateholder, the Tax Class IC Certificateholder will promptly give
notice to the Trustee of such event. Under the terms of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, within 15 days of such notice, the Trustee shall (i)
publish a notice of such Insolvency Event stating that the Trustee intends to
sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially
reasonable manner and (ii) send written notice to the Certificateholders
requesting instructions from such holders. Unless instructed otherwise within
a specified period by holders of more than 51% of the Certificate Balance and
holders of more than 51% of the Notional Principal Amount of the Class I
Certificates or unless otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the Trustee
will sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds from the
sale, disposition
       
or liquidation of the Receivables will be distributed to Class A
Certificateholders and Class I Certificateholders each in respect of their
remaining capital investment, and the Trustee will then distribute amounts
owing the Surety Bond Issuer and the Class IC Certificateholder(s) and proceed
to wind up and terminate the Trust. If such proceeds are not sufficient to pay
any accrued and unpaid Class A Monthly Interest, Monthly Principal, the
remaining Pool Balance and any accrued but unpaid Class I Monthly Interest and
the Surety Bond Issuer in full, the Spread Account may not be available to
cover such deficiency, and the Certificateholders could incur a loss. The
Surety Bond is not available to pay such shortfall. Furthermore, any
distributions of such proceeds will have the same effect as a prepayment of
the Receivables and could affect the yield on the Class A Certificates and
could significantly affect the yield on the Class I Certificates.     
   
  An "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to the Tax Class IC
Certificateholder, (i) the entry of a decree or order by a court or agency or
supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment
of a trustee in bankruptcy for the Tax Class IC Certificateholder in any
insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities, or
similar proceedings, or for the winding up or liquidation of the Tax Class
    
                                     S-23
<PAGE>
 
   
IC Certificateholder's affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order
unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (ii) the consent
by the Tax Class IC Certificateholder to the appointment of a trustee in
bankruptcy in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and
liabilities, or similar proceedings of or relating to the Tax Class IC
Certificateholder or of or relating to substantially all of its property; or
(iii) the Tax Class IC Certificateholder admits in writing its inability to pay
its debts generally as they become due, files a petition to take advantage of
any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, makes an assignment for
the benefit of its creditors, or voluntarily suspends payment of its
obligations. The Depositor, the Tax Class IC Certificateholder, is a special
purpose corporation the activities of which are circumscribed by its charter
with a view to reducing any risk of its bankruptcy.     
   
  In the event of a liquidation of the Trust due to an Insolvency Event with
respect to the Class IC Certificateholder, the Surety Bond will not be
available to pay a deficiency if the liquidation proceeds are less than the
Certificate Balance of the Receivables (and any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon) at the time of such liquidation.     
       
RIGHTS OF THE SURETY BOND ISSUER UPON EVENTS OF DEFAULT, AMENDMENT OR WAIVER
 
  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Surety Bond Issuer, or the
Trustee upon the consent of the Surety Bond Issuer, will be entitled to appoint
a successor Servicer. In addition to the events constituting an Event of
Default as described in the Prospectus, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
will also permit the Surety Bond Issuer to appoint a successor Servicer and to
redirect payments made under the Receivables to the Trustee upon the occurrence
of certain additional events involving a failure of performance by the Servicer
or a material misrepresentation made by the Servicer under the Insurance
Agreement. See "Risk Factors -- Insolvency Considerations" in the Prospectus.
 
  The Pooling and Servicing Agreement cannot be amended or any provisions
thereof waived without the consent of the Surety Bond Issuer if such amendment
or waiver would have a materially adverse effect upon the rights of the Surety
Bond Issuer.
 
                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
  [Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA Considerations" in the
Prospectus, the Class A Certificates and the Class I Certificates may be
eligible for purchase by an employee benefit plan or an individual retirement
account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). A fiduciary of a Plan must determine
that the purchase of a Class A Certificate or of a Class I Certificates is
consistent with its fiduciary duties under ERISA and does not result in a
nonexempt prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code. For additional information regarding treatment of the Class A
Certificates and the Class I Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.] [TO BE REVISED FOR EACH ISSUANCE]
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
  Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the underwriting
agreement for the sale of the Offered Certificates, dated       199 , the
Depositor has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters named below (the
"Underwriters") severally agreed to purchase the principal amount of the
Offered Certificates set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NOTIONAL PRINCIPAL
                                                       -------------------------
                                                        PRINCIPAL
                                                          AMOUNT     AMOUNT OF
                                                        OF CLASS A    CLASS I
   UNDERWRITERS                                        CERTIFICATES CERTIFICATES
   ------------                                        ------------ ------------
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
         .............................................     $            $
         .............................................
         .............................................
         .............................................
         .............................................
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-24
<PAGE>
 
  In the underwriting agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Offered
Certificates offered hereby if any of the Offered Certificates are purchased.
 
  The Underwriters propose to offer part of the Offered Certificates directly
to the public at the prices set forth on the cover page hereof, and part to
certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of  % of
the denominations of the Class A Certificates or  % of the gross proceeds of
the Class I Certificates. The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may
reallow a concession not in excess of  % of the denominations of the Class A
Certificates or  % of the gross proceeds of the Class I Certificates to
certain other dealers.
 
  The Depositor, Bay View and CTL have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
  The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters
presently intend to make a market in the Offered Certificates, as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations. The Underwriters are not obligated, however,
to make a market in the Offered Certificates and any such market-making may be
discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the Underwriters.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or trading
markets for, the Offered Certificates.
 
                                LEGAL OPINIONS
 
  Certain legal matters relating to the Offered Certificates will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Washington, D.C.,
and for the Underwriters by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, New York, New York.
Certain federal income tax consequences with respect to the Offered
Certificates will be passed upon for the Depositor by Silver, Freedman & Taff,
L.L.P.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
                               [TO BE COMPLETED]
 
                                     S-25
<PAGE>
 
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                                    PAGE
- ----                                                                 -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>
ABS.................................................................        S-17
Bay View............................................................
Available Funds.....................................................        S-19
Certificates........................................................         S-1
Certificate Balance.................................................         S-1
Class A Certificateholders..........................................         S-1
Class A Certificates................................................
Class A Monthly Interest............................................        S-20
Class A Pass-Through Rate...........................................         S-1
Class I Certificateholders..........................................         S-3
Class I Certificates................................................         S-2
Class I Monthly Interest............................................
Class I Pass-Through Rate...........................................         S-2
Class IC Certificate................................................ Supp. Cover
Class IC Certificateholder..........................................         S-5
Closing Date........................................................         S-1
Code................................................................        S-22
Companion Component.................................................         S-2
CTL.................................................................         S-1
Cutoff Date......................................................... Supp. Cover
Defaulted Receivable................................................        S-20
Depositor........................................................... Supp. Cover
Determination Date..................................................        S-21
Distribution Date................................................... Supp. Cover
Duff & Phelps.......................................................
ERISA...............................................................         S-7
Final Scheduled Distribution Date................................... Supp. Cover
Holdings............................................................
Insolvency Event....................................................        S-23
Insurance Agreement.................................................        S-21
Moody's.............................................................
Monthly Interest....................................................        S-20
Monthly Principal...................................................         S-2
Monthly Servicing Fee...............................................         S-3
Net Principal Surety Bond Amount....................................         S-6
Notional Principal Amount...........................................         S-3
Offered Certificates................................................ Supp. Cover
Optional Purchase...................................................         S-6
</TABLE>    
 
                                      S-26
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
TERM                                                                        PAGE
- ----                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                  <C>
Original Notional Principal Amount..................................         S-2
PAC Component.......................................................         S-2
Payahead Account....................................................        S-18
Planned Notional Principal Amount Schedule..........................         S-3
Plan................................................................        S-22
Pool Balance........................................................         S-2
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.....................................         S-1
Receivables......................................................... Supp. Cover
Record Date.........................................................         S-1
Required Spread Amount..............................................         S-5
Servicer............................................................         S-1
Spread Account......................................................         S-4
Standard & Poor's...................................................
Surety Bond......................................................... Supp. Cover
Surety Bond Amount..................................................         S-6
Surety Bond Fee.....................................................        S-20
Surety Bond Issuer..................................................         S-6
Tax Class IC Certificateholder......................................        S-23
Trust............................................................... Supp. Cover
Trustee.............................................................         S-1
Underwriters........................................................        S-22
</TABLE>    
 
                                      S-27
<PAGE>
 
                      [SURETY BOND FINANCIAL INFORMATION]
 
                                      S-28
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS +
+SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, +
+NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH    +
+OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR        +
+QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.                    +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED        , 199
 
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT TO PROSPECTUS
DATED      , 1996
 
                           BAY VIEW 199 -  AUTO TRUST
        $     % CLASS A AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
        $     % CLASS B AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
 
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            CALIFORNIA THRIFT & LOAN
                                    SERVICER
 
                                  -----------
 
  The Bay View 199 --Auto Trust (the "Trust") will be formed and will issue its
 % Class A Automobile Receivable Pass-Through Certificates (the "Class A
Certificates") and the  % Class B Automobile Receivable Pass-Through
Certificates (the "Class B Certificates" and, with the Class A Certificates,
the "Certificates") pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement dated as of
   , 199  (the "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") among Bay View Securitization
Corporation, as Depositor, California Thrift & Loan, as Servicer, and    , as
Trustee.
 
  Principal and interest will be distributed to holders of the Certificates on
the third business day after the fifth day of each month (each, a "Distribution
Date"), in the manner and to the extent described herein. The Class A
Certificates will evidence in the aggregate an undivided ownership interest in
approximately  % of the Trust, and the Class B Certificates will evidence in
the aggregate an undivided ownership interest in approximately  % of the Trust.
For a description of the types of property included in the Trust, See "Summary
of Terms--The Certificates" herein, and "The Trusts" in the Prospectus.
Principal and interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate generally will be
distributed to Certificateholders on the day of each month, commencing    ,
199 . The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions are
subordinated to the rights of the Class A Certificateholders to the extent
described herein. The outstanding principal amount, if any, of the Certificates
will be due and payable on (the "Final Scheduled Distribution Date").
   
  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE INFORMATION SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON PAGE S-  OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PAGE 12 OF THE
PROSPECTUS.     
 
 THE CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN  THE TRUST ONLY AND DO  NOT
  REPRESENT  INTERESTS   IN  OR   OBLIGATIONS  OF   BAY  VIEW   SECURITIZATION
   CORPORATION OR ANY  AFFILIATE THEREOF.  NEITHER THE  CERTIFICATES NOR  THE
    RECEIVABLES  ARE  INSURED  OR  GUARANTEED  BY  BAY  VIEW  SECURITIZATION
     CORPORATION, ANY  OF  ITS AFFILIATES  OR  ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY  OR
      INSTRUMENTALITY.
 
THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
 AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
 ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION  TO THE CONTRARY
  IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         UNDERWRITING
                                         DISCOUNTS AND
                         PRICE TO PUBLIC  COMMISSIONS  PROCEEDS TO DEPOSITOR(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                      <C>             <C>           <C>
Per Class A Certifi-
 cate..................          %              %                  %
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Class B Certifi-
 cate..................          %              %                  %
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total................       $              $                   $
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Before deducting expenses, estimated to be $   .
 
  The Certificates are offered, subject to prior sale, when, as and if accepted
by the Underwriters, and subject to approval of certain legal matters by
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, counsel for the Underwriters. It is expected
that delivery of the Certificates in book-entry form will be made on or about
   , 199  through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company, against
payment therefor in immediately available funds.
 
                                      , 199
<PAGE>
 
  The Certificates represent undivided interests in the Trust, the property of
which will include a pool of simple interest and precomputed interest
installment sale and installment loan contracts originated in various states
of the United States (the "Receivables"), security interests in the new and
used automobiles, motorcycles, light trucks, recreational vehicles and vans
financed thereby and certain monies due thereunder after    , 199  (the
"Cutoff Date"). The Trustee will also hold monies on deposit in a Pre-Funding
Account, which will be used to purchase additional Receivables from the
Depositor from time to time on or before    , 199 . The Trust may also draw on
funds on deposit in a Yield Supplement Account and a Cash Collateral Account,
to the extent described herein, to meet shortfalls in amounts due to
Certificateholders on any Distribution Date. The Yield Supplement Account and
the Cash Collateral Account will be maintained with the Trustee for the
benefit of the Certificateholders, but will not be part of the Trust.
 
  THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN COMPLETE INFORMATION ABOUT THE
OFFERING OF THE CERTIFICATES. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS CONTAINED IN THE
PROSPECTUS, AND PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO READ BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN FULL. SALES OF THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE
CONSUMMATED UNLESS THE PURCHASER HAS RECEIVED BOTH THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT CONTAINS INFORMATION THAT IS
SPECIFIC TO THE TRUST AND THE CERTIFICATES AND, TO THAT EXTENT, SUPPLEMENTS
THE MORE GENERAL INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE PROSPECTUS. INFORMATION CONTAINED
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT MAY ALSO REFLECT LEGAL, ECONOMIC AND OTHER
DEVELOPMENTS SINCE THE DATE OF THE PROSPECTUS.
 
  IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS THAT STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE CERTIFICATES
AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
  Until 90 days after the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all dealers
effecting transactions in the Certificates, whether or not participating in
this distribution, may be required to deliver this Prospectus Supplement and
the Prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver
this Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus when acting as underwriters and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
 
                         REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  Unless and until definitive certificates are issued (which will occur only
under the limited circumstances described herein),    , as Trustee, will
provide to Cede & Co., the nominee of The Depository Trust Company, as
registered holder of the Certificates, monthly and annual statements
concerning the Trust and the Certificates. Such statements will not constitute
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A copy of the most recent monthly or annual statement concerning
the Trust and the Certificates may be obtained by contacting the Servicer at
California Thrift & Loan, 818 Oakpark Road, Covina, California 91724, (800)
524-9292.
 
                                      ii
<PAGE>
 
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
  This Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement and the
Prospectus. Certain capitalized terms used in this Summary are defined
elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement on the pages indicated in the "Index of
Principal Terms" or, to the extent not defined herein, have the meanings
assigned to such terms in the "Index of Principal Terms" on page 53 of the
Prospectus.
 
                                   
Issuer........................  Bay View 199 --Auto Trust (the "Issuer").     
 
Depositor.....................  Bay View Securitization Corporation (the
                                "Depositor").
 
Servicer......................  California Thrift & Loan (in its capacity as
                                servicer, the "Servicer," otherwise "CTL").
 
Trustee.......................
 
The Certificates..............  The Trust will be formed and will issue the
                                Certificates on    , 199  (the "Closing Date")
                                pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement. The Certificates will consist of the
                                  % Class A Automobile Receivable Pass-Through
                                Certificates in the aggregate principal amount
                                of $    and the   % Class B Automobile
                                Receivable Pass-Through Certificates in the
                                aggregate principal amount of $   . The Class A
                                Certificates will evidence in the aggregate an
                                undivided ownership interest in approximately
                                  % of the Trust (the "Class A Percentage"),
                                and the Class B Certificates will evidence in
                                the aggregate an undivided ownership interest
                                in approximately   % of the Trust (the "Class B
                                Percentage"). The Class B Certificates will be
                                subordinated to the Class A Certificates to the
                                extent described herein. See "The Certificates"
                                herein.
 
                                Each of the Certificates will represent a
                                fractional undivided interest in the Trust. The
                                Trust assets will include the Receivables,
                                certain monies due thereunder after the Cutoff
                                Date, security interests in the related
                                Financed Vehicles, monies on deposit in the
                                Yield Supplement Account, the Certificate
                                Account and the proceeds thereof, any proceeds
                                from claims on certain insurance policies
                                relating to the Financed Vehicles or the
                                related Obligors, any lender's insurance
                                policy, the Cash Collateral Account, and
                                certain rights under the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement.
 
Class A Pass-Through Rate.....    % per annum, payable monthly at one-twelfth
                                the annual rate.
 
Class B Pass-Through Rate.....    % per annum, payable monthly at one-twelfth
                                the annual rate.
 
Distribution Date.............  The fifth business day after the tenth calendar
                                day of the month following the Record Date,
                                commencing    , 199 .
 
 
                                      S-1
<PAGE>
 
Monthly Interest..............  Interest will be distributable on each
                                Distribution Date beginning    , 199 , to
                                holders of record as of the last day of the
                                calendar month immediately preceding the
                                calendar month in which such Distribution Date
                                occurs (the "Record Date") of (i) the Class A
                                Certificates (the "Class A Certificateholders")
                                in a maximum amount equal to the product of
                                1/12th of    % (the "Class A Pass-Through
                                Rate") and the aggregate outstanding principal
                                balance of the Class A Certificates (the "Class
                                A Principal Balance") as of the preceding
                                Distribution Date (after giving effect to all
                                distributions to Certificateholders on such
                                date) and (ii) the Class B Certificates (the
                                "Class B Certificateholders") in a maximum
                                amount equal to the product of 1/12th of    %
                                (the "Class B Pass-Through Rate") and the
                                aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
                                Class B Certificates (the "Class B Principal
                                Balance") as of the preceding Distribution Date
                                (after giving effect to all distributions to
                                Certificateholders on such date). Interest on
                                the Class A Certificates and the Class B
                                Certificates will be calculated on the basis of
                                a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
                                months. See "The Certificates--Distributions".
                                The effective yield on the Class A Certificates
                                and the Class B Certificates will be below that
                                otherwise produced by the Class A Pass-Through
                                Rate and the Class B Pass-Through Rate,
                                respectively, because the distribution of
                                Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest in
                                respect of any given month will not be made
                                until on or about the day of the following
                                month. See "Yield and Prepayment
                                Considerations" herein.
 
Monthly Principal.............  On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will
                                distribute to the Class A Certificateholders
                                and the Class B Certificateholders
                                (collectively, the "Certificateholders") all
                                principal payments on the Receivables,
                                including full and partial prepayments received
                                by the Trustee during the preceding calendar
                                month. Monthly Principal will be passed through
                                to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date
                                in a maximum amount equal to the aggregate
                                outstanding principal amount of the Receivables
                                (the "Pool Balance") on the last day of the
                                second preceding calendar month (or, in the
                                case of the first Distribution Date, as of the
                                Cutoff Date) less the Pool Balance on the last
                                day of the immediately preceding calendar
                                month. For the purpose of determining Monthly
                                Principal, the unpaid principal balance of a
                                Defaulted Receivable or a Purchased Receivable
                                will be deemed to be zero on and after the last
                                day of the calendar month in which such
                                Receivable becomes a Defaulted Receivable or a
                                Purchased Receivable, as applicable.
 
                                The weighted average life of the Certificates
                                will be reduced by full or partial prepayments
                                on the Receivables (except certain prepayments
                                in respect of Precomputed Receivables). Neither
                                the Servicer nor the Depositor nor any of their
                                affiliates maintains
 
                                      S-2
<PAGE>
 
                                specific statistical data regarding the
                                historical prepayment experience of its
                                automobile receivable portfolio. See "The
                                Certificates--Distributions" herein.
 
The Receivables...............  On the Closing Date, the Depositor will convey
                                Receivables to the Trust (the "Initial
                                Receivables") having an aggregate principal
                                balance of approximately $    as of    , 199
                                (the "Initial Cutoff Date"). The Trust will
                                acquire the Initial Receivables from the
                                Depositor pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement. In addition, the Depositor will be
                                obligated under the terms of the Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement to sell additional
                                Receivables (the "Subsequent Receivables") to
                                the Trust (subject only to the availability
                                thereof) having an aggregate principal balance
                                equal to approximately $    (the "Pre-Funded
                                Amount"), and the Trust will be obligated to
                                purchase the Subsequent Receivables from the
                                Depositor (subject to the satisfaction of
                                certain conditions set forth in the Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement) prior to the end of the
                                Funding Period. The Depositor will designate as
                                a cutoff date (each, a "Subsequent Cutoff
                                Date") each date as of which particular
                                Subsequent Receivables are conveyed to the
                                Trust. Each date during the Funding Period on
                                which Subsequent Receivables will be conveyed
                                to the Trust is referred to herein as a
                                "Subsequent Transfer Date." See "The
                                Certificates--Sale and Assignment of
                                Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" and "The
                                Receivables Pool" herein and "The Receivables
                                Pools" in the Prospectus.
 
                                The Depositor will acquire the Initial
                                Receivables on or prior to the Closing Date
                                from California Thrift & Loan ("CTL") pursuant
                                to a purchase agreement dated as of    , 199
                                (the "Purchase Agreement") among the Depositor
                                and CTL. CTL also will be obligated under the
                                Purchase Agreement to sell the Subsequent
                                Receivables to the Depositor, for resale by the
                                Depositor to the Trust. In the Purchase
                                Agreement, CTL will make certain
                                representations and warranties with respect to
                                the Receivables and CTL will undertake to
                                repurchase any Receivable with respect to which
                                an uncured breach of any such representation or
                                warranty exists if such breach materially and
                                adversely affects the rights of the Depositor
                                or its assignee in such Receivable and if such
                                breach is not cured by CTL in a timely manner.
                                Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement, the Depositor will assign its rights
                                against CTL with respect to any Receivable of
                                which there exists a breach of any
                                representation and warranty that materially and
                                adversely affects the rights of the
                                Certificateholders. See "The Certificates--Sale
                                and Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent
                                Receivables" herein. Neither CTL nor the
                                Depositor will have any other obligation with
                                respect to the Receivables or the Certificates.
 
                                The Receivables arise, or will arise, from
                                Contracts originated or acquired, directly or
                                indirectly, by CTL from Dealers located in
 
                                      S-3
<PAGE>
 
                                various states of the United States. The
                                Initial Receivables have been selected, and the
                                Subsequent Receivables will be selected, from
                                the Contracts owned by CTL based on the
                                criteria specified in the Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement and described herein under "The
                                Receivables Pool" and in the Prospectus under
                                "The Receivables Pools." As of the Initial
                                Cutoff Date, the weighted average Contract Rate
                                of the Initial Receivables was approximately
                                   %, the weighted average remaining term to
                                maturity of the Initial Receivables was
                                approximately months, and the weighted average
                                original term to maturity of the Initial
                                Receivables was approximately months. No
                                Initial Receivable has, and no Subsequent
                                Receivable will have, a scheduled maturity
                                later than    , 199  (the "Final Scheduled
                                Maturity Date").
 
                                Subsequent Receivables may be originated or
                                acquired by CTL at a later date using credit
                                criteria that differ from those that were
                                applied to the Initial Receivables and may be
                                of a different credit quality and seasoning. In
                                addition, following the transfer of Subsequent
                                Receivables to the Trust, the characteristics
                                of the entire pool of Receivables included in
                                the Trust may vary significantly from those of
                                the Initial Receivables. For a description of
                                provisions for the transfer of Subsequent
                                Receivables and verification that Subsequent
                                Receivables conform to the requirements of the
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement, see "Risk
                                Factors--The Pre-Funding Account," "--
                                Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to the
                                Trust," "The Receivables Pool" and "The
                                Certificates--Sale and Assignment of
                                Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein.
                                See also "Risk Factors--Sales of Subsequent
                                Receivables," and "Description of the Transfer
                                and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment
                                of Receivables" in the Prospectus.
 
Pre-Funding Account...........  During the period (the "Funding Period") from
                                and including the Closing Date until the
                                earliest to occur of (a) the date on which the
                                amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account is
                                equal to $    or less, (b) the occurrence of an
                                Event of Default under the Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement, (c) the occurrence of
                                certain events of insolvency with respect to
                                the Depositor or the Servicer or (d) the
                                [third] Distribution Date, the Pre-Funded
                                Amount will be maintained in an account (the
                                "Pre-Funding Account") in the name of the
                                Trustee. The Funding Period will not be more
                                than three calendar months. The Pre- Funded
                                Amount initially will equal $    and, during
                                the Funding Period, will be reduced by the
                                amount thereof used to purchase Subsequent
                                Receivables in accordance with the Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement. See "Description of the
                                Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Accounts--
                                Pre-Funding Account" in the Prospectus and "The
                                Certificates--Sale and Assignment of
                                Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein.
 
 
                                      S-4
<PAGE>
 
                                Funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
                                during the Funding Period will be invested by
                                the Trustee in Eligible Investments, provided,
                                however, that such funds will not be invested
                                in money market funds unless the Trustee
                                receives an opinion of counsel to the effect
                                that such an investment in money market funds
                                would not require the Trust to register as an
                                investment company under the Investment Company
                                Act of 1940. Eligible Investments held in the
                                Pre-Funding Account will be required to mature
                                not later than the business day preceding the
                                next scheduled Distribution Date or the next
                                Subsequent Transfer Date within the Funding
                                Period identified by the Depositor. Any
                                Investment Income with respect to such Eligible
                                Investments will be transferred from the Pre-
                                Funding Account to the Certificate Account on
                                each Distribution Date and will be included in
                                Available Funds for such Distribution Date. Any
                                Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the
                                Funding Period will be payable to the
                                Certificateholders. The Certificates will be
                                prepaid, in part, pro rata on the basis of
                                their initial principal amounts, on the
                                Distribution Date on or immediately following
                                the last day of the Funding Period in the event
                                that any amount remains on deposit in the Pre-
                                Funding Account after giving effect to the
                                purchase of all Subsequent Receivables,
                                including any such purchase on such date. The
                                aggregate principal amount of Certificates to
                                be prepaid will be an amount equal to the
                                amount then on deposit in the Pre-Funding
                                Account. Such prepayment will reduce the
                                Certificateholders' outstanding principal
                                balance and anticipated yield. See "Risk
                                Factors--The Pre-Funding Account" and "The
                                Certificates--Sale and Assignment of
                                Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein.
                                See also "Description of the Transfer and
                                Servicing Agreements--Accounts" in the
                                Prospectus.
 
Subordination of Class B      
 Certificates.................  The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to
                                receive distributions to which they otherwise
                                will be entitled to with respect to the
                                Receivables are subordinated to the rights of
                                the Class A Certificateholders. No distribution
                                of interest will be made to the Class B
                                Certificateholders on any Distribution Date
                                until the full amount of interest payable on
                                the Class A Certificates on such Distribution
                                Date has been distributed to the Class A
                                Certificateholders and no distribution of
                                principal will be made to the Class B
                                Certificateholders on any Distribution Date
                                until the full amount of interest on and
                                principal of the Class A Certificates payable
                                on such Distribution Date has been distributed
                                to the Class A Certificateholders.
                                Distributions of interest on the Class B
                                Certificates will not be subordinated to
                                distributions of principal of the Class A
                                Certificates. Because the rights of the Class B
                                Certificateholders to receive distributions of
                                principal will be subordinated to the rights of
                                the Class A Certificateholders to receive
                                distributions of interest and principal, the
                                Class B Certificates will be more sensitive
                                than the
 
                                      S-5
<PAGE>
 
                                Class A Certificates to losses on the
                                Receivables. If the aggregate amount of losses
                                on the Receivables exceeds the amount on
                                deposit in the Cash Collateral Account, Class B
                                Certificateholders may not recover their
                                initial investment in the Class B Certificates.
                                See "The Certificates--Distributions" and "--
                                Subordination of the Class B Certificates"
                                herein.
 
Cash Collateral Account.......  The Depositor will establish the Cash
                                Collateral Account on the Closing Date and will
                                deposit in such account an amount equal to    %
                                of the sum of the initial Class A Principal
                                Balance and the Class B Principal Balance
                                (collectively, the "Certificate Principal
                                Balance"). On each Distribution Date
                                thereafter, the Servicer will deposit into the
                                Cash Collateral Account any amounts remaining
                                in the Certificate Account after the payment on
                                such date of every other obligation of the
                                Trust. The Trustee will withdraw funds from the
                                Cash Collateral Account on each Distribution
                                Date to the extent of any shortfall in the
                                Monthly Interest and Monthly Principal. Any
                                amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
                                Account on any Distribution Date in excess the
                                Required Cash Collateral Amount after all other
                                required deposits thereto and withdrawals
                                therefrom have been made, will be distributed
                                to the Depositor. Any amount so distributed to
                                the Depositor will no longer be an asset of the
                                Trust. The "Required Cash Collateral Amount"
                                with respect to any Distribution Date will
                                equal    % of the Certificate Principal
                                Balance.
 
                                While it is intended that the amount on deposit
                                in the Cash Collateral Account grow over time,
                                through the deposit thereto of the excess
                                collections, if any, on the Receivables, to the
                                Required Cash Collateral Amount, there can be
                                no assurance that such growth will actually
                                occur. See "The Certificates--Accounts" herein.
 
                                The Cash Collateral Account will be maintained
                                with the Trustee as a segregated trust account
                                for the benefit of Certificateholders, but will
                                not be part of the Trust.
 
Optional Purchase.............  The Servicer may purchase all of the
                                Receivables (referred to herein as an "Optional
                                Purchase") as of the last day of any Collection
                                Period, at a purchase price equal to the fair
                                market value of the Receivables (but not less
                                than their aggregate outstanding principal
                                balance plus accrued and unpaid interest
                                thereon), if the Certificate Principal Balance
                                as of the following Distribution Date will
                                equal 10% or less of the initial Certificate
                                Principal Balance.
 
Tax Status....................  In the opinion of Federal Tax Counsel, the
                                Trust will be treated as a grantor trust for
                                federal income tax purposes and will not be
                                subject to federal income tax. Owners of
                                beneficial interests in the Certificates will
                                report their pro rata share of all income
 
                                      S-6
<PAGE>
 
                                earned on the Receivables (other than amounts,
                                if any, treated as "stripped coupons") and,
                                subject to certain limitations in the case of
                                such owners who are individuals, trusts or
                                estates, may deduct their pro rata share of
                                reasonable servicing and other fees.
 
                                See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
                                Prospectus for additional information
                                concerning the application of federal income
                                tax laws to the Trust and the Certificates.
 
ERISA Considerations..........  Subject to the considerations discussed under
                                "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                                Prospectus, the Class A Certificates may be
                                eligible for purchase by employee benefit plans
                                subject to the Employee Retirement Income
                                Security Act of 1974, as amended. See "ERISA
                                Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.
 
                                Because the Class B Certificates are
                                subordinated to the Class A Certificates, the
                                Class B Certificates may not be purchased by
                                Plans.
 
Ratings.......................  It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                Certificates that the Class A Certificates and
                                the Class B Certificates each be rated in one
                                of the four highest rating categories by at
                                least one nationally recognized statistical
                                rating agencies. A rating is not a
                                recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the
                                Certificates, inasmuch as such rating does not
                                comment as to market price or suitability for a
                                particular investor. The ratings address the
                                likelihood that principal of and interest on
                                the Certificates will be paid pursuant to their
                                terms. There can be no assurance that a rating
                                will not be lowered or withdrawn by a rating
                                agency if circumstances so warrant. See "Risk
                                Factors--Ratings of the Certificates" herein.
 
                                      S-7
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus Supplement
and the Prospectus, prospective investors should carefully consider the
following risk factors and those discussed in the Prospectus under the heading
"Risk Factors" before investing in the Certificates.
 
THE PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
 
  On the Closing Date, the Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded Amount to the
Pre-Funding Account. The Pre-Funding Account will be maintained as an Eligible
Deposit Account. The Pre-Funded Amount will be used only to purchase
Subsequent Receivables. Prior to their withdrawal from the Pre-Funding Account
as payment for Subsequent Receivables, funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account will be invested in Eligible Investments, and any investment income
thereon will be included on the following Distribution Date as part of
Available Funds. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end
of the Funding Period will be distributed pro rata to Certificateholders as a
prepayment of principal of the Certificates. Such prepayment will reduce the
Certificateholder's outstanding principal balance and anticipated yield. See
"Yield and Prepayment Considerations--Mandatory Repurchase" herein and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements --Accounts--Pre-Funding
Account" in the Prospectus. The amounts on deposit may be invested in Eligible
Investments, provided, however, that such funds will not be invested in money
market funds unless the Trustee receives an opinion of counsel to the effect
that such an investment in money market funds would not require the Trust to
register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
 
CONVEYANCE OF SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES TO THE TRUST
 
  On the Closing Date, the Depositor will convey to the Trust approximately
$    of Initial Receivables and the approximately $    Pre-Funded Amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account. If the principal amount of eligible
Receivables originated or acquired by CTL prior to the termination of the
Funding Period is less than the Pre-Funded Amount, CTL will have insufficient
Receivables to sell to the Depositor, and the Depositor will have insufficient
Receivables to sell to the Trust, thereby resulting in a prepayment of
principal to the Certificateholders as described below. In addition, any
conveyance of Subsequent Receivables is subject to the satisfaction, on or
before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions,
among others: (i) each such Subsequent Receivable shall satisfy the
eligibility criteria specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
shall not have been selected from among such eligible Receivables in a manner
that CTL or the Depositor deems adverse to the interests of the
Certificateholders; (ii) as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, the
Receivables in the Trust at that time, including the Subsequent Receivables to
be conveyed by the Depositor to the Trust as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date,
must satisfy the parameters described under "The Receivables Pool" herein and
under "The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus; (iii) CTL shall have executed
and delivered to the Depositor, and the Depositor shall have executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a written assignment (including a schedule
identifying such Subsequent Receivables) conveying such Subsequent Receivables
to the Depositor and the Trust, respectively. In addition, the conveyance of
the Subsequent Receivables to the Trust will also be subject to the
satisfaction of the following requirements within days after the termination
of the Funding Period: (a) the Depositor shall deliver certain opinions of
counsel to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies with respect to the validity of
the conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables to the Trust; (b) the Trustee
shall receive written confirmation from a firm of certified public accountants
that the Receivables, including the Subsequent Receivables, meet the criteria
described herein under "The Receivables Pool" and in the Prospectus under "The
Receivables Pools"; and (c) the Rating Agencies shall have notified the
Depositor in writing that, following the conveyance of the Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust, the Certificates will continue to be rated by such
Rating Agencies in the same rating categories in which they were rated on the
Closing Date. Such confirmation of the ratings of the Certificates may depend
on factors other than the characteristics of the Subsequent Receivables,
including the delinquency, repossession and net loss experience on the
automobile, light truck and van receivables in the portfolio serviced by CTL.
 
  CTL will immediately repurchase from the Trust any Subsequent Receivable
that fails to satisfy the conditions listed in the preceding paragraph, at a
purchase price equal to the Purchase Amount therefor.
 
                                      S-8
<PAGE>
 
  To the extent that amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account have not
been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the Trust by
the end of the Funding Period, the Certificateholders will receive a
prepayment of principal in an amount equal to the Pre-Funded Amount remaining
in the Pre-Funding Account following the purchase of all Subsequent
Receivables. It is anticipated that the principal amount of the Subsequent
Receivables sold to the Trust will not be exactly equal to the amount on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and, therefore, that there will be at least
a nominal amount of principal prepaid to the Certificateholders. See "Yield
and Prepayment Considerations--Mandatory Repurchase."
 
  Each Subsequent Receivable, at the time it is conveyed to the Trust, must
satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. However, Subsequent Receivables may have been originated or
acquired by CTL at a later date using credit criteria different from those
that were applied to the Initial Receivables and may be of a different credit
quality and seasoning. Therefore, following the transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust, the characteristics of the entire Receivables Pool
included in the Trust may vary significantly from those of the Initial
Receivables. See "The Receivables Pool" and "The Certificates--Sale and
Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein and "The Receivables
Pools" in the Prospectus.
 
CERTIFICATES SOLELY OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUST
 
  The Certificates are interests in the Trust only and do not represent the
obligation of any other person. The Trustee will withdraw funds from the Cash
Collateral Account, up to the full balance of the funds on deposit in such
account, in the event that sufficient funds are not available in accordance
with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to distribute Monthly Interest and
Monthly Principal and to pay the Servicing Fee on any Distribution Date. The
Cash Collateral Account is initially   % of the Certificate Principal Balance
and is intended to increase over time to   % of the Certificate Principal
Balance. There is no assurance that such growth will occur or that the balance
in the Cash Collateral Account will always be sufficient to assure payment in
full of Monthly Principal and Monthly Interest on the Certificates. In the
event the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account is reduced to zero,
losses on the Receivables will be borne directly first by Class B
Certificateholders until the Class B Principal Balance is reduced to zero, and
then by Class A Certificateholders. See "The Receivables Pool--Delinquencies,
Repossession and Net Losses" and "The Certificates--Accounts --Cash Collateral
Account."
 
LIMITED OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, CTL AND THE SERVICER
 
  None of the Depositor, CTL or the Servicer is generally obligated to make
any payments in respect of the Certificates or the Receivables; however, if
CTL were to cease acting as Servicer, delays in processing payments on the
Receivables and information in respect thereof could occur and result in
delays in payment to the Certificateholders. In addition, CTL makes certain
representations and warranties with respect to the Receivables and, in the
event of a breach of any such representation or warranty that materially and
adversely affects the rights of the Certificateholders in a Receivable, CTL is
obligated under the Purchase Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
to repurchase such Receivable from the Trust at a repurchase price equal to
the Purchase Amount thereof. See "The Certificates--Sale and Assignment of
Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" herein and "Description of the Transfer
and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables" in the
Prospectus.
 
RATINGS OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
  As a condition to the issuance of the Offered Certificates, the Class A
Certificates and the Class B Certificates must be rated in at least one of the
four highest rating categories by a nationally recognized rating agency. A
rating is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell the Certificates,
inasmuch as a rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a
particular investor. The ratings of the Certificates address the likelihood of
the timely payment of interest on, and the ultimate repayment of principal of,
the Certificates pursuant to their terms. There can be no assurance that a
rating will remain for any given period of time or that a
 
                                      S-9
<PAGE>
 
rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating Agency if in its
judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. In the event that a rating is
subsequently lowered or withdrawn, no person or entity will be required to
provide any additional credit enhancement. The ratings of the Class A
Certificates are based primarily on the credit quality of the Receivables, the
subordination of the Class B Certificates and the availability of funds in the
Cash Collateral Account, and the ratings of the Class B Certificates are based
primarily on the credit quality of the Receivables and the availability of
funds in the Cash Collateral Account.
 
GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION
 
  As of the Cut-Off Date, based upon billing address information provided to
CTL, the Obligors resided in    states and the District of Columbia, two of
which, California and Texas, account for   % and   %, respectively, of the
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables. Adverse economic conditions in
California or Texas could adversely affect the delinquency, loan loss or
repossession experience of the Trust.
 
                            FORMATION OF THE TRUST
 
GENERAL
 
  The Depositor will establish the Trust by selling and assigning the Trust
property, as described below, to the Trustee in exchange for the Certificates.
The Servicer will service the Receivables pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and will be compensated for acting as the Servicer. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing Compensation
and Payment of Expenses" in the Prospectus. To facilitate servicing and to
minimize administrative burden and expense, the Servicer will be appointed
custodian of the Receivables and the related documents by the Trustee, but
will not stamp the Receivables to reflect the sale and assignment of the
Receivables to the Trust or amend the certificates of title of the Financed
Vehicles. In the absence of amendments to the certificates of title, the
Trustee may not have perfected security interests in the Financed Vehicles
securing the Receivables in some states. See "Risk Factors--Perfection of
Security Interests in Financed Vehicles" and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables" in the Prospectus. Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, CTL may delegate its duties as Servicer and custodian; however, any
such delegation will not relieve CTL of its liability and responsibility with
respect to such duties.
 
  If the protection provided to Certificateholders by the Cash Collateral
Account and, in the case of the Class A Certificateholders, the subordination
of the Class B Certificates is insufficient, the Trust will look only to the
Obligors on the Receivables and the proceeds from the repossession and sale of
Financed Vehicles that secure defaulted Receivables to fund distributions of
principal and interest on the Certificates. In such event, certain factors,
such as the Trust's not having first priority perfected security interests in
some of the Financed Vehicles, may affect the Trust's ability to realize on
the collateral securing the Receivables and thus may reduce the proceeds to be
distributed to Certificateholders with respect to the Certificates. See "The
Certificates--Distributions" and "--Subordination of the Class B Certificates;
Cash Collateral Account" herein and "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables"
in the Prospectus.
 
  Each Certificate represents a fractional undivided ownership interest in the
Trust. The Trust property includes the Contracts transferred by the Depositor
to the Trust and certain payments due thereunder after the Cutoff Date. The
Trust property also includes (i) such amounts as from time to time may be held
in the Certificate Account; (ii) the right to draw on funds on deposit in the
Cash Collateral Account, the Payahead Account and the Yield Supplement
Account, to the extent described herein, (iii) security interests in the
Financed Vehicles and any accessions thereto; (iv) the rights to proceeds with
respect to the Receivables from claims on physical damage, credit life and
disability insurance policies covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors,
as the case may be, and any lender's insurance policy; (v) any property that
shall have secured a Receivable and that shall have been acquired by the
Trustee; (vi) the Pre-Funding Account; and (vii) any and all proceeds of the
foregoing. The Cash Collateral Account and the Yield Supplement Account will
be maintained by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders, but
will not be part of the Trust. The assets of the Trust will not include, and
the Certificateholders will have no interest in, any contract between CTL and
any Dealer establishing "dealer reserves" or any right pursuant to any such
contract to recapture dealer reserves.
 
                                     S-10
<PAGE>
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
       is Trustee under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.     is a
banking corporation, and its principal offices are located at    . The
Depositor and its affiliates may maintain normal commercial banking relations
with the Trustee and its affiliates.
 
                             THE RECEIVABLES POOL
 
  The pool of Receivables conveyed to the Trust (the "Receivables Pool") will
include the Initial Receivables purchased as of the Initial Cutoff Date and
any Subsequent Receivables purchased as of the applicable Subsequent Cutoff
Dates.
 
  The Initial Receivables were, and the Subsequent Receivables were or will
be, selected from CTL's portfolio for purchase by the Depositor by several
criteria, including that each Receivable: (i) had or will have an original
number of payments of not more than     payments and not less than
payments, (ii) had or will have a remaining maturity of not more than
months and not less than     months, (iii) provided or will provide for level
monthly payments that fully amortize the amount financed over the original
term, (iv) had or will have a Contract Rate (exclusive of prepaid finance
charges) of not less than   %, and (v) was not or will not be more than   days
past due as of the Cutoff Date. The weighted average remaining maturity of the
Initial Receivables will be months as of the Initial Cutoff Date.
 
  Approximately   % of the Initial Receivables are simple interest contracts
which provide for equal monthly payments. Approximately   % of the aggregate
principal balance of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date are
Precomputed Receivables (as defined in the Prospectus) originated in    . All
of such Precomputed Receivables are Rule of 78's Receivables (as defined in
the Prospectus). Approximately   % of the aggregate principal balance of the
initial Cutoff Date represent financing of new vehicles; the remainder of the
Initial Receivables represent financing of used vehicles.
 
  Obligors of the Initial Receivables representing more than 10% of the
aggregate principal balance of the Receivables as of the Cutoff Date reside in
each of the States of California and Texas, based upon billing address
information provided to CTL. The performance of the Receivables in the
aggregate could be adversely affected in particular by the development of
adverse economic conditions in any such state. See "Risk Factors--Geographic
Concentration" and "--Delinquencies, Repossessions and Net Losses" herein.
 
  The obligation of the Trust to purchase Subsequent Receivables on a
Subsequent Transfer Date will be subject to the following criteria: [SPECIFY
APPLICABLE CRITERIA]. In addition, such obligation will be subject to the
Receivables (including the Subsequent Receivables to be transferred to the
Trust on such Subsequent Transfer Date) having a weighted average remaining
term not greater than months. Such criteria will be based on the
characteristics of the Initial Receivables on the Initial Cutoff Date and any
Subsequent Receivables on the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.
 
  The Initial Receivables will represent approximately   % of the aggregate
initial principal balance of the Certificates. However, except for the
criteria described in the preceding paragraphs, there will be no required
characteristics of the Subsequent Receivables. Therefore, following the
transfer of Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, the aggregate characteristics
of the entire Receivables Pool, including the composition of the Receivables,
the distribution by Contract Rate and the geographic distribution, may vary
significantly from those of the Initial Receivables. The composition,
distribution by Contract Rate and geographic distribution of the Initial
Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date are as set forth in the following
tables.
 
                                     S-11
<PAGE>
 
                  COMPOSITION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES AS OF
                            THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          AGGREGATE   ORIGINAL
                               NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL   PRINCIPAL     WEIGHTED
                              RECEIVABLES  BALANCE     BALANCE    AVERAGE RATE
                              ----------- --------- ------------- ------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>
New Automobiles and Light-
 Duty Trucks.................
Used Automobiles and Light-
 Duty Trucks.................
New Vans(1)..................
Used Vans(1).................
Motorcycles..................
                                  ---        ---         ---          ---
All other Receivables........
                                  ===        ===         ===          ===
<CAPTION>
                               WEIGHTED   WEIGHTED  PERCENTAGE OF  SCHEDULED
                                AVERAGE    AVERAGE    AGGREGATE     WEIGHTED
                               REMAINING  ORIGINAL    PRINCIPAL     AVERAGE
                                TERM(2)    TERM(2)   BALANCE(3)     LIFE(2)
                              ----------- --------- ------------- ------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>
New Automobiles and Light-
 Duty Trucks.................
Used Automobiles and Light-
 Duty Trucks.................
New Vans(1)..................
Used Vans(1).................
Motorcycles..................
                                  ---        ---         ---          ---
All other Receivables........
                                  ===        ===         ===          ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) References to vans include minivans and van conversions.
(2) Based on scheduled maturity and assuming no prepayments of the Receivables.
(3) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
               GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES
                         AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             PERCENT OF AGGREGATE
STATE(1)(2)  PRINCIPAL BALANCE(3)
- -----------  --------------------
<S>          <C>
 
 
 
 
 
 
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Based on address of the Obligor.
(2) $    of receivables were originated by Dealers and purchased from such
    Dealers by CTL.
(3) Percentages may not add to 100% because of rounding.
 
                                      S-12
<PAGE>
 
           DISTRIBUTION OF INITIAL RECEIVABLES VEHICLES BY MODEL YEAR
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       PRINCIPAL
                            NUMBER OF  PERCENTAGE OF BALANCE AS OF PERCENTAGE OF
MODEL YEAR                 RECEIVABLES   TOTAL(1)     CUTOFF DATE    TOTAL(1)
- ----------                 ----------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                        <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
199 ......................
                               ---          ---           ---           ---
  Total...................
                               ===          ===           ===           ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
                   DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES BY
                  CONTRACT RATE AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                               AGGREGATE  AVERAGE    AGGREGATE
                                    NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL   PRINCIPAL
CONTRACT RATE RANGE                RECEIVABLES  BALANCE   BALANCE   BALANCE(1)
- -------------------                ----------- --------- --------- -------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
    to    %.......................
                                       ---        ---       ---         ---
  Total...........................
                                       ===        ===       ===         ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
                                      S-13
<PAGE>
 
              DISTRIBUTION OF THE INITIAL RECEIVABLES BY REMAINING
                       TERM AS OF THE INITIAL CUTOFF DATE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PERCENTAGE OF
                                               AGGREGATE  AVERAGE    AGGREGATE
REMAINING SCHEDULED                 NUMBER OF  PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL   PRINCIPAL
TERM RANGE                         RECEIVABLES  BALANCE   BALANCE   BALANCE(1)
- -------------------                ----------- --------- --------- -------------
<S>                                <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
    to     months.................
                                       ---        ---       ---         ---
  Total...........................
                                       ===        ===       ===         ===
</TABLE>
- --------
(1)  Sum may not equal 100% due to rounding.
 
                                      S-14
<PAGE>
 
DELINQUENCIES, REPOSSESSIONS AND NET LOSSES
 
  Set forth below is certain information concerning the experience of CTL
pertaining to delinquencies, repossessions, and net losses on its prime fixed
rate retail automobile, recreational vehicles, motorcycles, light truck and
van receivables serviced by CTL. There can be no assurance that the
delinquency, repossession, and net loss experience on the Receivables will be
comparable to that set forth below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      AT SEPTEMBER 30,                             AT DECEMBER 31,
                          ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                  1996                  1995                  1994                  1993
                          --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                           NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF
                          RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT
                          ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       
Servicing portfolio(1)..    24,427    $303,665    22,261    $266,106    22,997    $261,325    22,034    $239,353
Delinquencies(2)
 30-59 days.............        97       1,022        84         811       102         977       110         822
 60-89 days.............        65         686        66         692        55         394        69         528
 90 days or more........        60         482        49         348        59         382        37         279
Total delinquencies.....       222       2,190       199       1,851       216       1,753       216       1,629
                            ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------    ------    --------
Total delinquencies as a
percent of servicing
portfolio...............       .91%        .72%      .88%        .70%      .94%        .67%      .98%        .68%
                            ======    ========    ======    ========    ======    ========    ======    ========
<CAPTION>
                               NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                          ------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------
                                  1996                  1995                  1994                  1993
                          --------------------  --------------------  --------------------  --------------------
                           NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF             NUMBER OF
                          RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT   RECEIVABLES  AMOUNT
                          ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------  ----------- --------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>     
Average servicing
portfolio(3)............    23,524    $284,886    22,809    $266,746    22,516    $252,144    25,266    $257,034
Net charge-offs:
 Gross charge-off.......       520       3,182       644       3,787       527       2,500       856       4,692
 Recoveries.............                   587                   581                   573                   554
                                      --------              --------              --------              --------
Net losses..............                 2,595                 3,206                 1,927                 4,138
                                      ========              ========              ========              ========
Gross charge-offs as a
percent of average
servicing portfolio(4)..      2.95%       1.49%     2.82%       1.42%     2.34%        .99%     3.39%       1.83%
Recoveries as a percent
of gross charge-offs....                 18.45%                15.34%                22.92%                11.81%
Net losses as a
percentage of average
servicing portfolio(4)..                  1.21%                 1.20%                  .76%                 1.61%
</TABLE>
- ----
(1) There is generally no recourse to Dealers under any of the receivables in
    the portfolio serviced by CTL, except to the extent of representations and
    warranties made by Dealers in connection with such receivables.
(2) Restructured receivables are not shown as delinquent until the receivable
    is at least 30 days delinquent under the restructured terms.
(3) Equals the monthly arithmetic average.
(4) Variation in the size of the portfolio serviced by CTL will affect the
    percentages in "Gross Charge-Offs as a Percentage of Average Servicing
    Portfolio" and "Net Losses as a Percentage of Average Servicing
    Portfolio."
 
                                      S-15
<PAGE>
 
                      YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
GENERAL
 
  Monthly Interest (as defined herein) on the Receivables will be distributed
to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to the extent of the Pass-
Through Rate applied to the Class A Certificate Principal Balance or Class B
Certificate Principal Balance, as applicable, as of the preceding Distribution
Date or the Closing Date, as applicable (after giving effect to distributions
of principal on such preceding Distribution Date). See "The Certificates--
Distributions." In the event of a full or partial prepayment on a Receivable,
Certificateholders will receive interest for the full month of such prepayment
either through the distribution of interest paid on other Receivables or
withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account.
 
  Although the Receivables will have different Contract Rates, each
Receivable's Contract Rate generally will exceed the sum of (a) the initial
weighted average of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and the Class B Pass-Through
Rate and (b) the per annum rate used to calculate the Servicing Fee. The
Contract Rate on certain of the Receivables, however, will be less than the
weighted average of the Class A Pass-Through Rate and the Class B Pass-Through
Rate plus the per annum rate used to calculate the Servicing Fee. For such
Receivables, amounts on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account will be used
to cover resulting shortfalls with respect to Monthly Interest and the
Servicing Fee. See "The Certificates--Accounts." The availability of amounts
on deposit in the Yield Supplement Account reduces the likelihood that
disproportionate rates of prepayments between Receivables with higher and
lower Contract Rates will affect the ability of the Trust to distribute
Monthly Interest to Certificateholders.
 
  The effective yield to Certificateholders will be below the yield otherwise
produced by the Pass-Through Rate because the distribution of Monthly
Principal and Monthly Interest in respect of any given month will not be made
until the related Distribution Date, which will not be earlier than the day of
the following month.
 
MANDATORY REPURCHASE
 
  Cash distributions to Certificateholders will be made, on a pro rata basis,
on the Distribution Date on or immediately following the last day of the
Funding Period in the event that funds remain on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables,
including any such purchase on such date.
 
                             THE DEPOSITOR AND CTL
 
  CTL currently acquires loans from over 2,800 manufacturer franchised
automobile dealerships and 160 used car dealers in eight states. CTL is a
California industrial loan company, formed in 1959. In addition to the
indirect automobile finance business, CTL underwrites and purchases
residential real estate loans and commercial equipment leases. For the fiscal
years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 and for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, CTL acquired automobile loans aggregating $142.6 million,
$156.2 million and $172.0 million and $137.9 million, respectively. Of the
$303.7 million of loans in the automobile servicing portfolio of CTL
(consisting of the principal balance of loans held for sale) at September 30,
1996, approximately 74% represented loans on used cars and approximately 26%
represented loans on new cars. CTL began to offer its motor vehicle loan
products to an increased number of selected used car dealerships in 1994. In
years prior, the amount of Receivables secured by used cars was immaterial.
 
  Additional information regarding CTL and the Depositor is set forth under
"California Thrift & Loan and Affiliates" in the Prospectus.
 
                                     S-16
<PAGE>
 
                               THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
  The Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. Copies of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without exhibits)
may be obtained by Certificateholders upon request in writing to the Servicer
at the address set forth herein under "Reports to Certificateholders."
Citations to the relevant sections of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
appear below in parentheses. The following is a summary of the material terms
of the Certificates and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by
reference to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  In general, it is intended that the Trustee distribute to the Class A
Certificateholders and the Class B Certificateholders on each Distribution
Date the aggregate principal payments, including full and partial prepayments
(except certain prepayments in respect of Precomputed Receivables as described
below under "--Accounts") received on the Receivables during the related
Collection Period, plus a full month's interest at the Class A Pass-Through
Rate or the Class B Pass-Through Rate, as applicable, payable monthly at one-
twelfth the annual rate, calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting
of twelve 30-day months. (Section 14.04.) The Class A Certificates are
entitled to a certain priority, relative to the Class B Certificates, in right
of distributions on the Receivables. See "--Distributions on the
Certificates." Interest to Certificateholders may be provided by a payment
made by or on behalf of the Obligor, by an Advance made by the Servicer to
cover an Interest Shortfall, by a withdrawal from the Cash Collateral Account
to cover an Interest Shortfall, and, in respect of certain Receivables, by the
withdrawal of the Yield Supplement Amount from the Yield Supplement Account.
See "--Sale and Assignment of Receivables; Subsequent Receivables" and "--
Accounts" herein.
 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES; SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES
 
  Certain information with respect to the conveyance of the Initial
Receivables from CTL to the Depositor, and from the Depositor to the Trust, on
the Closing Date pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, respectively, is set forth under "Description of the
Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of the Receivables" in
the Prospectus. In addition, during the Funding Period, pursuant to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, CTL will be obligated to sell to the
Depositor and the Depositor will be obligated to sell to the Trust, Subsequent
Receivables having an aggregate principal balance equal to approximately $
(such amount being equal to the initial Pre-Funded Amount) to the extent that
such Subsequent Receivables are available.
 
  During the Funding Period on each Subsequent Transfer Date, subject to the
conditions described below, CTL will sell and assign to the Depositor, and the
Depositor will sell and assign to the Trust, without recourse, their
respective interests in the Subsequent Receivables. The Subsequent Receivables
will be designated by CTL as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date and
identified in a schedule attached to a subsequent transfer assignment relating
to such Subsequent Receivables, which will be executed and delivered on such
date by the Depositor for delivery to the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
 
  Any conveyance of Subsequent Receivables is subject to the satisfaction, on
or before the related Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions
precedent, among others: (i) each such Subsequent Receivable must satisfy the
eligibility criteria specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
shall not have been selected from among such eligible Receivables in a manner
that CTL or the Depositor deems adverse to the interests of the
Certificateholders; (ii) as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, the
Receivables in the Trust at that time, including the Subsequent Receivables to
be conveyed by the Depositor as of such Subsequent Cutoff Date, will satisfy
the parameters described under "The Receivables Pool" herein and under "The
Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus; and (iii) CTL shall have executed and
delivered to the Depositor, and the Depositor shall have executed and
delivered to the Trustee, a written assignment conveying such Subsequent
Receivables to the Depositor and the Trust, respectively (including a schedule
identifying such Subsequent Receivables). Moreover, any such conveyance of
Subsequent Receivables will also be subject to the satisfaction
 
                                     S-17
<PAGE>
 
of the following requirements within days after the termination of the Funding
Period: (a) the Depositor must deliver certain opinions of counsel to the
Trustee and the Rating Agencies with respect to the validity of the conveyance
of the Subsequent Receivables to the Trust; (b) the Trustee shall have
received written confirmation from a firm of certified independent public
accountants that the Receivables, including the Subsequent Receivables,
satisfy the parameters described under "The Receivables Pool" herein and under
"The Receivables Pools" in the Prospectus; and (c) the Rating Agencies shall
have notified the Depositor in writing that, following the addition of the
Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, the Certificates will continue to be
rated by such Rating Agencies in the same rating categories in which they were
rated on the Closing Date. Such confirmation of the ratings of the
Certificates may depend on factors other than the characteristics of the
Subsequent Receivables, including the delinquency, repossession and net loss
experience on the automobile, light duty truck and minivan receivables in the
portfolio serviced by the Servicer. CTL will immediately repurchase from the
Trustee, at a price equal to the Purchase Amount thereof, any Subsequent
Receivable that fails to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions subsequent.
 
  Subsequent Receivables may have been originated or acquired by CTL at a
later date using credit criteria different from those that were applied to the
Initial Receivables. See "Risk Factors--Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables
to the Trust" and "The Receivables Pool" herein.
 
ACCOUNTS
 
  In addition to the Certificate Account (as described in the Prospectus), the
Servicer will establish with the Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders [the Yield Supplement Account,] the Cash Collateral Account
[and the Payahead Account].
 
  Yield Supplement Account. For each Receivable on which the Contract Rate is
less than the sum of (a) the initial weighted average of the Class A Pass-
Through Rate and the Class B Pass-Through Rate and (b) the annual percentage
rate at which the Servicing Fee is calculated with respect to the Certificate
Principal Balance for such Receivable, on the Closing Date the Depositor will
deposit into the Yield Supplement Account an amount equal to the aggregate of
such shortfall over the term of such Receivables (the "Total Yield Supplement
Deposit") based on the scheduled payments of the Receivables. On each
Determination Date, the Servicer shall withdraw an amount to apply to
distributions on the Certificates on the related Distribution Date equal to
the scheduled shortfall for the previous Collection Period (the "Yield
Supplement Amount"). The Yield Supplement Account will be maintained by the
Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and will not form part of
the Trust. (Section 14.08.)
 
  Cash Collateral Account. On the Closing Date, the Depositor will deposit an
amount equal to    % of the initial Certificate Principal Balance into the
Cash Collateral Account. Thereafter, the amount held in the Cash Collateral
Account will be increased up to the Required Cash Collateral Amount by the
deposit thereto of payments on the Receivables not utilized to make payments
to the Certificateholders or the Servicer on any Distribution Date. While it
is intended that the Cash Collateral Account will grow over time to equal the
Required Cash Collateral Amount through monthly deposits of excess collections
on the Receivables, if any, there can be no assurance that such growth will
actually occur.
 
  Under the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will
withdraw funds from the Cash Collateral Account and transfer them to the
Certificate Account for any deficiency as described above under "--
Distributions on the Certificates," to the extent available. Amounts available
for deficiencies on any Distribution Date will be limited to the sum of
amounts on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account on such Distribution Date.
 
  In the event that the balance of the Cash Collateral Account is reduced to
zero on any Distribution Date, the Trust will depend solely on current
distributions on the Receivables to make distributions of principal and
interest on the Certificates. In addition, because the market value of motor
vehicles generally declines with age and because of difficulties that may be
encountered in enforcing motor vehicle contracts as described in the
Prospectus under "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables," the Servicer may
not recover the entire amount
 
                                     S-18
<PAGE>
 
due on such Receivables in the event of a repossession and resale of a
Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable in default. In such event, the
Certificateholders may suffer a corresponding loss. Any such losses would also
be borne first by the Class B Certificateholders, up to the Class B Principal
Balance, and then by the Class A Certificateholders.
 
  Payahead Account. On the Closing Date, the Depositor will establish the
Payahead Account, into which payments on Precomputed Receivables will be
deposited and held until they are withdrawn and applied as payments on the
Certificates. [DESCRIBE MECHANISM FOR DETERMINING THE PRECOMPUTED PAYMENT
SCHEDULE.]
 
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 
  The rights of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions with
respect to the Receivables will be subordinated to such rights of the Class A
Certificateholders to the extent described herein. This subordination is
intended to enhance the likelihood of timely receipt by the Class A
Certificateholders of the full amount of interest and principal distributable
to them on each Distribution Date, and to afford the Class A
Certificateholders limited protection against losses in respect of the
Receivables.
 
  No distribution of interest will be made to the Class B Certificateholders
on any Distribution Date until the full amount of interest payable on the
Class A Certificates on such Distribution Date has been distributed to the
Class A Certificateholders and no distribution of principal will be made to
the Class B Certificateholders on any Distribution Date until the full amount
of interest on and principal of the Class A Certificates payable on such
Distribution Date has been distributed to the Class A Certificateholders.
Distributions of interest on the Class B Certificates will not be subordinated
to distributions of principal of the Class A Certificates. Because the rights
of the Class B Certificateholders to receive distributions of principal will
be subordinated to the rights of the Class A Certificateholders to receive
distributions of interest and principal, the Class B Certificates will be more
sensitive than the Class A Certificates to losses on the Receivables. If the
aggregate amount of losses on the Receivables exceeds the amount on deposit in
the Cash Collateral Account, Class B Certificateholders may not recover their
initial investment in the Class B Certificates.
 
  In the event of delinquencies or losses on the Receivables, the protection
afforded to the Class A Certificateholders will be effected both by the
preferential right of the Class A Certificateholders to receive distributions
on the Receivables in the manner and to the extent described above and by the
establishment of the Cash Collateral Account.
 
ADVANCES
 
  To the extent that interest collected on a Receivable during a Collection
Period falls short of the scheduled interest payment, the Servicer will make
an Advance of the resulting Interest Shortfall, but only to the extent that
the Servicer in its sole discretion, expects to recoup the Advance from
subsequent collections on the Receivable, or withdrawals from the Cash
Collateral Account. The Servicer will deposit the Advance in the Certificate
Account on or before the calendar day of the month following the Collection
Period. The Servicer will recoup its Advance from subsequent payments by or on
behalf of the respective Obligor, from insurance proceeds or, upon the
Servicer's determination that reimbursement from the preceding sources is
unlikely, will recoup its Advance from any collections made on other
Receivables. (Section 14.05.)
 
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE CERTIFICATES
 
  The Servicer will deposit in the Certificate Account the amount of payments
on all Receivables received with respect to the preceding Collection Period,
the Yield Supplement Amount for the related Distribution Date, all Advances
for such Collection Period, and the Purchase Amount for all Receivables that
became Purchased Receivables during the preceding Collection Period, all of
which amounts will be available for distribution pursuant to the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement on the next succeeding Distribution Date
("Available Funds") and will determine the amount of funds necessary to make
distributions of Monthly
 
                                     S-19
<PAGE>
 
Principal and Monthly Interest to the Certificateholders and the Servicing Fee
to the Servicer. If there is a deficiency with respect to the foregoing, the
Servicer will withdraw amounts, to the extent available, from the Cash
Collateral Account in the amount of such deficiency and notify the Trustee of
any remaining deficiency.
 
  If acceptable to each Rating Agency without a reduction in the rating of any
class of Certificates, the Servicing Fee due to the Servicer in respect of
each Collection Period will be distributed to the Servicer at the beginning of
such Collection Period from collections during such Collection Period.
 
  On each such Distribution Date, the Trustee will apply or cause to be
applied the Available Funds plus any amounts withdrawn from the Cash
Collateral Account to make the following payments in the following priority:
 
    (a) the aggregate amount of outstanding Advances on all Receivables (x)
  that became Defaulted Receivables during the prior Collection Period, and
  (y) that the Servicer determines to be unrecoverable, to the Servicer;
 
    (b) the Servicing Fee, including any overdue Servicing Fee, to the
  Servicer, to the extent not previously distributed to the Servicer;
 
    (c) pro rata, Class A Monthly Interest, including any overdue Class A
  Monthly Interest, to the Class A Certificateholders;
 
    (d) Class B Monthly Interest, including any overdue Class B Monthly
  Interest, to the Class B Certificateholders;
 
    (e) Class A Monthly Principal, to the Class A Certificateholders;
 
    (f) Class B Monthly Principal, to the Class B Certificateholders;
 
    (g) the amount of recoveries of Advances (to the extent such recoveries
  have not previously been reimbursed to the Servicer pursuant to clause (a)
  above), to the Servicer; and
 
    (h) the balance into the Cash Collateral Account.
 
  After all distributions pursuant to clauses (a) through (h) above have been
made on each Distribution Date, the amount of funds remaining in the Cash
Collateral Account on such date, if any, in excess of the Required Cash
Collateral Amount, will be distributed by the Trustee to CTL. Any amounts so
distributed to CTL will no longer be available for distribution to
Certificateholders, and the Certificateholders will have no rights with
respect thereto.
 
  "Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal the sum of the Class
A Monthly Interest and the Class B Monthly Interest.
 
  "Monthly Principal" for any Distribution Date will equal the sum of the
Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal.
 
  "Class A Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for the
first Distribution Date, the product of the following: (one-twelfth of the
Class A Pass-Through Rate) multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing Date from the Closing Date divided by 30) multiplied by
(the Class A Principal Balance at the Closing Date) and (ii) with respect to
each subsequent Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth of the Class A
Pass-Through Rate and the Class A Principal Balance on the preceding
Distribution Date (after giving effect to any distribution of Monthly
Principal required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).
 
  "Class A Monthly Principal" for any Distribution Date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the Class A Principal Balance to    % of the aggregate
unpaid principal balances of the Receivables on the last day of
 
                                     S-20
<PAGE>
 
the preceding Collection Period; provided, however, that Class A Monthly
Principal on the final scheduled Distribution Date will equal the Class A
Principal Balance on such date. For the purpose of determining Class A Monthly
Principal, the unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted Receivable or a
Purchased Receivable is deemed to be zero on and after the last day of the
Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable or a
Purchased Receivable.
 
  "Class B Monthly Interest" for any Distribution Date will equal (i) for the
first Distribution Date, the product of the following: (one-twelfth of the
Class B Pass-Through Rate) multiplied by (the number of days remaining in the
month of the Closing Date from the Closing Date divided by 30) multiplied by
(the Class B Principal Balance at the Closing Date) and (ii) with respect to
each subsequent Distribution Date, the product of one-twelfth of the Class B
Pass-Through Rate and the Class B Principal Balance on the preceding
Distribution Date (after giving effect to any distribution of Monthly
Principal required to be made on such preceding Distribution Date).
 
  "Class B Monthly Principal" for any Distribution Date will equal the amount
necessary to reduce the Class B Principal Balance to    % of the sum of the
aggregate unpaid principal balances of the Receivables on the last day of the
preceding Collection Period; provided, however, that Class B Monthly Principal
on the final scheduled Distribution Date will equal the Class B Principal
Balance on such date. For the purpose of determining Class B Monthly
Principal, the unpaid principal balance of a Defaulted Receivable or a
Purchased Receivable is deemed to be zero on and after the last day of the
Collection Period in which such Receivable became a Defaulted Receivable or a
Purchased Receivable.
 
  "Defaulted Receivable" will mean, for any Collection Period, a Receivable as
to which any of the following has occurred: (i) the Receivable is 150 days or
more delinquent as of the last day of such Collection Period; (ii) the
Financed Vehicle that secures the Receivable has been repossessed; or (iii)
the Receivable has been determined to be uncollectible in accordance with the
Servicer's customary practices on or prior to the last day of such Collection
Period; provided, however, that any Receivable which the Depositor or the
Servicer is obligated to repurchase or purchase pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement shall be deemed not to be a Defaulted Receivable.
 
  As an administrative convenience, the Servicer will be permitted to make the
deposit of collections and aggregate Advances and Purchase Amounts for or with
respect to the Collection Period, net of distributions to be made to the
Servicer or Depositor with respect to the Collection Period. The Servicer,
however, will account to the Trustee and to the Certificateholders as if all
deposits and distributions were made individually. (Section 14.06.)
 
  The following chart sets forth an example of the application of the
foregoing provisions to a monthly distribution:
 
<TABLE>
 <C>                      <S>
 ........................ Collection Period. The Servicer receives monthly
                          payments, prepayments, and other proceeds in respect
                          of the Receivables and deposits them in the
                          Certificate Account. [The Servicer may deduct
                          Servicing Fees from such deposits.]
 ........................ Record Date. Distributions on the Distribution Date
                          are made to Certificateholders of record at the close
                          of business on this date.
 ........................ Fifth calendar day. On or before this date, the
                          Servicer notifies the Trustee of the amounts to be
                          distributed on the Distribution Date.
 ........................ The Trustee withdraws funds from the Cash Collateral
                          Account, if necessary.
 ........................ Distribution Date. The Trustee distributes to
                          Certificateholders amounts payable in respect of the
                          Certificates[, and pays the Servicing Fee].
</TABLE>
 
                                     S-21
<PAGE>
 
                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
  [Subject to the considerations set forth under "ERISA Considerations--Senior
Certificates Issued By Grantor Trusts" in the Prospectus, the Class A
Certificates may be eligible for purchase by an employee benefit plan or an
individual retirement account (a "Plan") subject to ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). A fiduciary of a
Plan must determine that the purchase of a Class A Certificate is consistent
with its fiduciary duties under ERISA and does not result in a nonexempt
prohibited transaction as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of
the Code. For additional information regarding treatment of the Class A
Certificates under ERISA, see "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
 
  Because the Class B Certificates are subordinated to the Class A
Certificates, the Class B Certificates may not be purchased by Plans.] [TO BE
REVISED FOR EACH ISSUANCE]
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the underwriting
agreement for the sale of the Certificates, dated,      199  , the Depositor
has agreed to sell and each of the underwriters named below (the
"Underwriters") severally agreed to purchase the principal amount of the
Certificates set forth opposite its name below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF  PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
 UNDERWRITERS                          CLASS A CERTIFICATES CLASS B CERTIFICATES
 ------------                          -------------------- --------------------
<S>                                    <C>                  <C>
      ................................        $                    $
      ................................
                                              -----                -----
    Total.............................        $                    $
                                              =====                =====
</TABLE>
 
  In the underwriting agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to the
terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the Certificates
offered hereby if any of the Certificates are purchased.
 
  The Underwriters propose to offer part of the Certificates directly to the
public at the prices set forth on the cover page hereof, and part to certain
dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of    % of the
denominations of the Class A Certificates or    % of the denominations of the
Class B Certificates. The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow
a concession not in excess of    % of the denominations of the Class A
Certificates or    % of the denominations of the Class B Certificates.
 
  The Depositor, Bay View and CTL have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
  The Depositor has been advised by the Underwriters that the Underwriters
presently intend to make a market in the Certificates, as permitted by
applicable laws and regulations. The Underwriters are not obligated, however,
to make a market in the Certificates and any such market-making may be
discontinued at any time at the sole discretion of the Underwriters.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or trading
markets for, the Certificates.
 
                                LEGAL OPINIONS
 
  Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates will be passed upon for
the Depositor by Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Washington, D.C., and for
the Underwriters by Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, New York, New York. Certain
federal income tax consequences with respect to the Certificates will be
passed upon for the Depositor by Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
 
                                     S-22
<PAGE>
 
                            INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   TERM                                                                 PAGE
   ----                                                              -----------
<S>                                                                  <C>
Available Funds.....................................................        S-19
Bay View............................................................
Certificate Principal Balance.......................................         S-6
Certificateholders..................................................         S-2
Certificates........................................................ Supp. Cover
Class A Principal Balance...........................................         S-2
Class A Certificateholders..........................................         S-2
Class A Certificates................................................ Supp. Cover
Class A Monthly Interest............................................        S-20
Class A Monthly Principal...........................................        S-20
Class A Pass-Through Rate...........................................         S-1
Class A Percentage..................................................         S-1
Class B Principal Balance...........................................         S-2
Class B Certificateholders..........................................         S-2
Class B Certificates................................................ Supp. Cover
Class B Monthly Interest............................................        S-21
Class B Monthly Principal...........................................        S-21
Class B Pass-Through Rate...........................................         S-1
Class B Percentage..................................................         S-1
Closing Date........................................................         S-1
Code................................................................        S-22
CTL.................................................................         S-1
Cutoff Date.........................................................          ii
Defaulted Receivable................................................        S-21
Depositor...........................................................         S-1
Distribution Date...................................................         S-1
Final Scheduled Distribution Date................................... Supp. Cover
Final Scheduled Maturity Date.......................................         S-4
Funding Period......................................................         S-4
Initial Cutoff Date.................................................         S-3
Initial Receivables.................................................         S-3
Monthly Interest....................................................         S-2
Monthly Principal...................................................         S-2
Optional Purchase...................................................         S-6
Plan................................................................        S-22
Pool Balance........................................................         S-2
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..................................... Supp. Cover
Pre-Funded Amount...................................................         S-3
Pre-Funding Account.................................................         S-4
Purchase Agreement..................................................         S-3
Receivables.........................................................          ii
Receivables Pool....................................................        S-11
Record Date.........................................................         S-2
Required Cash Collateral Amount.....................................         S-6
Servicer............................................................         S-1
Subsequent Cutoff Date..............................................         S-3
Subsequent Receivables..............................................         S-3
Subsequent Transfer Date............................................
Total Yield Supplement Deposit......................................        S-18
Trust............................................................... Supp. Cover
Underwriters........................................................
Yield Supplement Amount.............................................        S-18
</TABLE>
 
                                      S-23
<PAGE>
 
                      [SURETY BOND FINANCIAL INFORMATION]
 
                                      S-24
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE     +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                  
               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JANUARY 16, 1997     
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                              BAY VIEW AUTO TRUSTS
 
                           ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
 
                                  -----------
 
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                            CALIFORNIA THRIFT & LOAN
                                    SERVICER
 
  The asset backed certificates described herein (the "Certificates") may be
sold from time to time in one or more series (each, a "Series"), in amounts, at
prices and on terms to be determined at the time of sale and to be set forth in
a supplement to this Prospectus (a "Prospectus Supplement"). Each Series of
Certificates will be issued by a trust (each, a "Trust") to be formed with
respect to such Series and will include one or more classes of Certificates.
The property of each Trust will include a pool of motor vehicle installment
sale or installment loan contracts secured by new and used automobiles, light
trucks, recreational vehicles, motorcycles and vans (the "Receivables"),
certain monies received thereunder after the applicable cutoff date, security
interests in the vehicles financed thereby and certain other property, as more
fully described herein and as more specifically described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. For a description of the types of property that may be
included in the Trusts, see "The Trusts". If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the property of a Trust will include monies on deposit
in a trust account, which will be used to purchase additional Receivables after
the related closing date. California Thrift & Loan will act as servicer (in
such capacity, the "Servicer") of the Receivables for each Trust. Each class of
Certificates of any Series will represent the right to receive a specified
amount of payments of principal and interest on the related Receivables, at the
rates, on the dates and in the manner described herein and to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Series of Certificates may include one or more classes
of Certificates entitled to interest distributions with disproportionate,
nominal or no distributions in respect of principal, or to principal
distributions with disproportionate, nominal or no distributions in respect of
interest. As more fully described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions on any class of Certificates may be senior or
subordinate to distributions on one or more other classes of Certificates of
the same Series.
 
  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH UNDER "RISK
FACTORS" ON PAGE 11 OF THIS PROSPECTUS AND IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.
 
                                  -----------
 
THE CERTIFICATES OF A SERIES WILL REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE RELATED
TRUST ONLY, AND WILL NOT REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF OR INTERESTS IN, AND ARE NOT
GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY, BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION, ANY AFFILIATE
THEREOF OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL INSTRUMENTALITY.

THESE CERTIFICATES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                                  -----------
 
  Retain this Prospectus for future reference. This Prospectus may not be used
to consummate sales of Certificates of any Series unless accompanied by the
related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                  -----------
 
                                       , 1997
<PAGE>
 
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
  The Depositor, as originator of the Trusts, has filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-
3 (together with all amendments and exhibits thereto, the "Registration
Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the
Certificates being offered hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all of the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain parts of which
have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the
Commission. For further information, reference is made to the Registration
Statement, which is available for inspection without charge at the public
reference facilities of the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and the regional offices of the Commission at
5670 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90036-3648, and
Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Copies of such
information can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,
at prescribed rates. In addition, the Commission maintains a Web site that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding the Depositor's electronic filings with the Commission. The address
of the Commission's Web site is "http://www.sec.gov".
 
  Upon receipt of a request by an investor who has received an electronic
Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus from an Underwriter or a request by such
investor's representative within the period during which there is an
obligation to deliver a Prospectus Supplement and Prospectus, the Depositor or
such Underwriter will promptly deliver, or cause to be delivered, without
charge, to such investor a paper copy of the Prospectus Supplement and
Prospectus.
 
                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
 
  All documents filed by the Servicer or the Depositor on behalf of the Trust
referred to in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), after the date of this Prospectus
and prior to the termination of the offering of the Certificates offered by
such Trust shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Prospectus
and to be a part hereof from the dates of filing of such documents. Any
statement contained herein or in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained
herein (or in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement) or in any subsequently
filed document that also is or is deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified
or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.
 
  The Servicer on behalf of any Trust will provide without charge to each
person to whom a copy of this Prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral
request of such person, a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated
herein by reference. Requests to the Servicer for such copies should be
addressed to California Thrift & Loan, 818 Oakpark Road, Covina, California
91724, (800) 524-9292.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 
                                SUMMARY OF TERMS
 
  This Summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the detailed
information appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to the
information with respect to each Series of Certificates contained in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering of such Certificates. Certain capitalized terms used in this
summary are defined elsewhere in this Prospectus in the "Index of Principal
Terms" on page 52 of this Prospectus.
 
Issuer........................  With respect to any Series of Certificates, a
                                Trust formed pursuant to a pooling and
                                servicing agreement (each, a "Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement") among the Depositor, the
                                Servicer and the Trustee for such Trust.
 
Depositor.....................  Bay View Securitization Corporation, a Delaware
                                corporation having its principal office and
                                place of business in San Mateo, California (the
                                "Depositor"). The Depositor's principal
                                executive offices are located at 2121 South El
                                Camino Real, San Mateo, California 94403, and
                                its telephone number is (415) 573-7300.
 
Servicer......................  California Thrift & Loan, a California
                                corporation havingits principal office and
                                place of business in Santa Barbara,California
                                (in its capacity as servicer, the "Servicer",
                                otherwise "CTL") The Servicer's operations are
                                located at 818 Oakpark Road, Covina, California
                                91724, and its telephone number is (800) 524-
                                9292.
 
Trustee.......................  With respect to each Trust, the trustee
                                specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
                                (the "Trustee").
 
Securities Offered............  Each Series of asset backed securities issued
                                by a Trust will consist of one or more classes
                                of Certificates. Each class of Certificates of
                                a Series will be issued pursuant to the related
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The related
                                Prospectus Supplement will specify which class
                                or classes of Certificates of the related
                                Series are being offered thereby.
 
                                Each class of Certificates will have a stated
                                certificate balance (the "Class Certificate
                                Balance") and will accrue interest on such
                                Class Certificate Balance at a specified rate
                                (with respect to each class of Certificates,
                                the "Pass-Through Rate"). If so specified in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more
                                classes of Certificates ("Strip Certificates")
                                may be entitled to (i) interest distributions
                                with disproportionate, nominal or no principal
                                distributions or (ii) principal distributions
                                with disproportionate, nominal or no interest
                                distributions. See "Description of the
                                Certificates--Distributions of Principal and
                                Interest."
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
 
                                Each class of Certificates may have a different
                                Pass-Through Rate, which may be a fixed,
                                variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate, or
                                any combination of the foregoing. The related
                                Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-
                                Through Rate, or the method for determining the
                                applicable Pass-Through Rate, for each class of
                                Certificates.
 
                                A Series of Certificates may include two or
                                more classes of Certificates that differ as to
                                timing and/or priority distributions,
                                seniority, allocations of losses, Pass-Through
                                Rate, amount of distributions in respect of
                                principal or interest, or any combination of
                                the foregoing. Additionally, distributions in
                                respect of principal or interest in respect of
                                any such class or classes may or may not be
                                made upon the occurrence of specified events or
                                on the basis of collections from designated
                                portions of the related Receivables Pool.
 
                                If so specified in the related Prospectus
                                Supplement, Certificates will be available in
                                book-entry form only and will be available for
                                purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and
                                integral multiples thereof, except that one
                                Certificate of each class may be issued in such
                                denomination as is required to include any
                                residual amount. Certificateholders will not be
                                able to receive physical delivery of the
                                Certificates beneficially owned by book-entry
                                registration except in the limited
                                circumstances described herein or in the
                                related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description
                                of the Certificates--Definitive Certificates"
                                and "--Book-Entry Registration."

Optional Purchase by the       
 Servicer.....................  If so provided in the related Prospectus
                                Supplement, the Servicer may be entitled to
                                purchase the Receivables of a Trust or to cause
                                such Receivables to be purchased by another
                                entity, in the manner and subject to the
                                conditions described in such Prospectus
                                Supplement. If the Servicer exercises any such
                                option to purchase the Receivables or to cause
                                the Receivables to be purchased, the
                                Certificates will be prepaid as set forth in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement. See
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Termination" herein. In addition,
                                if the related Prospectus Supplement provides
                                that the property of a Trust will include a
                                Pre-Funding Account, one or more classes of
                                Certificates may be subject to a partial
                                prepayment of principal following the end of
                                the Funding Period, in the manner and to the
                                extent specified in the related Prospectus
                                Supplement. See "Description of the Transfer
                                and Servicing Agreements--Accounts--Pre-Funding
                                Account" herein.
 
The Trust Property............  The property of each Trust will include a pool
                                of simple interest and/or precomputed interest
                                installment sale and installment loan contracts
                                secured by new and used automobiles, light
                                trucks, recreational vehicles, motorcycles and
                                vans (the "Receivables"), certain monies due or
                                received thereunder after the date specified
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
                                in the related Prospectus Supplement (each, a
                                "Cutoff Date"), security interests in the
                                vehicles financed thereby (the "Financed
                                Vehicles"), any right to recourse the purchaser
                                of the Receivables may have against the dealers
                                who sold the Financed Vehicles (the "Dealers"),
                                proceeds from claims on certain insurance
                                policies, and certain rights under the purchase
                                agreement (each, a "Purchase Agreement") among
                                CTL and the Depositor pursuant to which the
                                Depositor will purchase the related Receivables
                                from CTL. The majority of the Receivables are
                                currently originated in the States of
                                California and Texas. The property of each
                                Trust also will include amounts on deposit in,
                                or certain rights with respect to, certain
                                accounts, including the related Certificate
                                Account and any Pre-Funding Account, Cash
                                Collateral Account, Yield Supplement Account or
                                any other account or assets identified in the
                                applicable Prospectus Supplement. See
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Accounts."
 
                                To the extent specified in the related
                                Prospectus Supplement, the Receivables arise,
                                or will arise, from motor vehicle installment
                                sale contracts that were originated by new and
                                used car, light truck, recreational vehicle and
                                motorcycle dealers for assignment to CTL or
                                motor vehicle loan contracts that were
                                solicited by dealers for origination by CTL
                                (the "Contracts"). Payment of the amount due
                                under each Contract is secured by a first
                                perfected security interest in the related
                                Financed Vehicle. To the extent specified in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement, CTL is the
                                registered lienholder on the certificate of
                                title of each of the Financed Vehicles and the
                                certificates of title to such Financed Vehicles
                                will not be amended to reflect the assignment
                                either to the Depositor or to the Trust. If
                                specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                CTL may purchase Receivables from third party
                                originators, in which case the registered
                                lienholder on the certificate of title will be
                                named in the Prospectus Supplement. The
                                Receivables for each Receivables Pool will be
                                selected from the Contracts owned by CTL based
                                on the criteria specified in the related
                                Pooling and Servicing Agreement and described
                                herein under "The Receivables Pools" and
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreement--Sale and Assignment of Receivables"
                                and in the related Prospectus Supplement under
                                "The Receivables Pool."
 
Pre-Funding Account...........  On the date of issuance of a Series of
                                Certificates (each, a "Closing Date"), the
                                Depositor will convey Receivables to the
                                related Trust in the aggregate principal amount
                                provided in the related Prospectus Supplement
                                and, if so provided in such Prospectus
                                Supplement, will deposit the amount specified
                                in such Prospectus Supplement (the "Pre-Funded
                                Amount") into a trust account established in
                                the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the
                                Certificateholders (the "Pre-Funding Account").
                                The Pre-Funded Amount with respect to any Trust
                                will not exceed 25% of the initial aggregate
                                Class Certificate Balances for the related
                                Series (the "Certificate Balance").
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
 
                                If the property of a Trust includes a Pre-
                                Funding Account, CTL will be obligated under
                                the related Purchase Agreement to sell
                                additional Receivables (the "Subsequent
                                Receivables") to the Depositor from time to
                                time during the period provided in the related
                                Prospectus Supplement (the "Funding Period")
                                having an aggregate principal balance
                                approximately equal to the Pre-Funded Amount.
                                The Depositor, in turn, will be obligated under
                                the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to sell
                                such Subsequent Receivables to the related
                                Trust, and the Trust will be obligated to
                                purchase the Subsequent Receivables, subject to
                                the satisfaction of certain conditions set
                                forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
                                and described herein under "Description of the
                                Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and
                                Assignment of Receivables." As used in this
                                Prospectus, the term Receivables will include
                                the Receivables transferred to a Trust on the
                                related Closing Date as well as any Subsequent
                                Receivables transferred to such Trust during
                                the related Funding Period. All Receivables
                                originated or purchased from dealers by CTL
                                will be underwritten as described herein under
                                "The Receivable Pools--Underwriting
                                Procedures." In the event CTL purchases
                                Receivables from a third party originator, all
                                such Receivables shall meet CTL's underwriting
                                standards. Additionally, the Rating Agencies
                                must approve the transfer of the Subsequent
                                Receivables, all as set forth under
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Sale and Assignment of the
                                Receivables."
 
                                Amounts on deposit in any Pre-Funding Account
                                during the Funding Period will be invested by
                                the Trustee (as directed by the Servicer) in
                                Eligible Investments, and any resultant
                                investment income (less any related investment
                                expenses) will be included, on the Distribution
                                Date immediately following the date on which
                                such investment income is paid to the Trust, in
                                the Available Funds for such Distribution Date.
                                Any funds remaining in a Pre-Funding Account at
                                the end of the related Funding Period will be
                                distributed to holders of the related Series of
                                Certificates (the "Certificateholders") as a
                                prepayment of principal of the Certificates, in
                                the amounts and priority described in the
                                related Prospectus Supplement. No Funding
                                Period will continue for more than three
                                calendar months after the related Closing Date.
                                See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Accounts--Pre-Funding Account".
 
Repurchase of Certain           In each Purchase Agreement, CTL will make
 Receivables..................  certain representations and warranties with
                                respect to the related Receivables and will
                                undertake to repurchase from the Depositor at
                                the Purchase Amount (as defined herein) any
                                Receivable with respect to which there exists
                                an uncured breach of any of its representations
                                or warranties, if such breach materially and
                                adversely affects the rights of the Depositor,
                                or the Depositor's assignee, in such
                                Receivable. In each Pooling and Servicing
                                Agreement, the Depositor will assign to the
                                related Trust certain rights under the related
                                Purchase Agreement, including the right to
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
                                cause CTL to repurchase any Receivable in
                                respect of which there is an uncured breach of
                                a representation or warranty that materially
                                and adversely affects the interest of the Trust
                                in such Receivable. The repurchase obligation
                                pursuant to each Purchase Agreement and Pooling
                                and Servicing Agreement will constitute the
                                sole remedy available to the related
                                Certificateholders or Trustee for any uncured
                                breach of a representation or warranty. See
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Sale and Assignment of
                                Receivables."
 
Credit and Cash Flow            If, and to the extent, specified in the related
 Enhancement..................  Prospectus Supplement, credit enhancement with
                                respect to a Trust or any class or classes of
                                Certificates may include any one or more of the
                                following: subordination of one or more other
                                classes of Certificates of the same Series,
                                Cash Collateral Accounts, yield supplement
                                accounts, spread accounts, surety bonds,
                                insurance policies, letters of credit, credit
                                or liquidity facilities, over-
                                collateralization, guaranteed investment
                                contracts, swaps or other interest rate
                                protection agreements, repurchase obligations,
                                other agreements with respect to third-party
                                payments or other support, cash deposits, or
                                other arrangements. To the extent specified in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement, a form of
                                credit enhancement with respect to a Trust or
                                class or classes of Certificates may be subject
                                to certain limitations and exclusions from
                                coverage thereunder.
 
Transfer and Servicing          Pursuant to each Purchase Agreement, CTL will
 Agreements...................  sell the related Receivables to the Depositor
                                without recourse and, if so stated in the
                                related Prospectus Supplement, will undertake
                                to sell Subsequent Receivables, in the
                                aggregate amount specified therein, to the
                                Depositor during the related Funding Period.
                                The Depositor, in turn, will sell such
                                Receivables to the related Trust, without
                                recourse, and will undertake to sell any such
                                Subsequent Receivables to the related Trust
                                during the related Funding Period. In addition,
                                the Servicer will agree in each Pooling and
                                Servicing Agreement to be responsible for
                                servicing, managing, maintaining custody of and
                                making collections on the related Receivables.
 
                                In the event a Receivable which is outstanding
                                during the calendar month preceding any
                                Distribution Date (as defined herein) (the
                                "Collection Period") becomes more than 30 days
                                delinquent, the Servicer will advance funds
                                (each, an "Advance") to cover 30 days of
                                interest due on such delinquent Receivable
                                (each, an "Interest Shortfall"), but only to
                                the extent that the Servicer, in its sole
                                discretion, expects to be able to recoup such
                                Advance from subsequent payments on the
                                Receivable. Advances by the Servicer will add
                                to the funds available for distributions to
                                Certificateholders on a Distribution
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
                                Date, but the Servicer will be entitled to
                                reimbursement for such Advances from subsequent
                                payments of the Receivables or, to the extent
                                set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement,
                                from insurance proceeds or withdrawals from any
                                Cash Collateral Account or similar form of
                                credit enhancement. See "Risk Factors--Risks
                                Associated with Automobile Loans," and
                                "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
                                Agreements--Advances." Certificateholders will
                                receive notice of such Advance as described
                                herein under "Description of the Certificates--
                                Statements to Certificateholders."
 
                                CTL will be obligated to repurchase from the
                                Trust any Receivable in which the interest of
                                such Trust is materially and adversely affected
                                as a result of a breach of any representation
                                or warranty made by CTL in the related Purchase
                                Agreement if such breach is not cured in a
                                timely manner following the discovery by or
                                notice to CTL. The Servicer will be obligated
                                under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
                                purchase any Receivable at the Purchase Amount
                                (as defined herein) if (i) among other things,
                                the Servicer reduces the rate of interest under
                                the related Contract (the "Contract Rate"),
                                reduces the amount of the scheduled monthly
                                payments or reduces the amount financed or if
                                the Servicer fails to maintain a perfected
                                security interest in the related Financed
                                Vehicle and (ii) the interest of the
                                Certificateholders in such Receivable is
                                materially and adversely affected by such
                                action or failure to act of the Servicer. If
                                the Servicer extends the date for final payment
                                by the obligor on the related Contract (each,
                                an "Obligor") so that the Receivable remains
                                outstanding on the final scheduled maturity
                                date with respect to a Series of Certificates
                                specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
                                (the "Final Scheduled Maturity Date"), the
                                Servicer will be obligated to purchase the
                                Receivable at the Purchase Amount as of the
                                last day of the Collection Period preceding
                                such Final Scheduled Maturity Date.
 
                                The Servicer will receive a fee for servicing
                                the Receivables of each Trust equal to the
                                Servicing Fee Rate times the aggregate
                                outstanding principal balance of the related
                                Receivables (the "Pool Balance"), plus certain
                                late fees, prepayment charges and other
                                administrative fees or similar charges. The
                                Servicer may also receive investment earnings
                                from certain accounts and other cash flows with
                                respect to a Trust. See "Description of the
                                Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing
                                Compensation and Payment of Expenses."
                               
Certain Legal Aspects of the   
 Receivables; Repurchase       
 Obligations..................  In connection with each sale of Receivables by
                                CTL to the Depositor and by the Depositor to a
                                Trust, security interests in the related
                                Financed Vehicles will be assigned by CTL to
                                the
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                Depositor and by the Depositor to the Trust;
                                due to the administrative and quality control
                                concerns related to the retitling of a large
                                amount of certificates of title and related
                                fees and expenses of each state's Department of
                                Motor Vehicles, however, the certificates of
                                title to such Financed Vehicles will not be
                                amended to reflect the assignment either to the
                                Depositor or to the Trust. In the absence of
                                such an amendment, the Trust may not have a
                                perfected security interest in the Financed
                                Vehicles securing the Receivables in some
                                states.
 
                                CTL will be obligated to repurchase from a
                                Trust any Receivable sold to such Trust as to
                                which all action necessary to secure a first
                                perfected security interest in the name of the
                                Trust in the Financed Vehicle securing such
                                Receivable shall not have been taken as of the
                                date such Receivable is purchased by such
                                Trust, if such breach materially and adversely
                                affects the interest of the related
                                Certificateholders in such Receivable and if
                                such failure or breach is not cured by the last
                                day of the month following the discovery by or
                                notice to the Servicer of such breach. If a
                                Trust does not have a perfected security
                                interest in a Financed Vehicle, its ability to
                                realize on such Financed Vehicle in the event
                                of a default may be adversely affected. To the
                                extent the security interest is perfected, a
                                Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent
                                purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and holders
                                of subsequently perfected security interests.
                                However, as against liens for repairs of
                                Financed Vehicles or for taxes unpaid by the
                                related Obligor, or through fraud or
                                negligence, a Trust could lose its security
                                interest or the priority of its security
                                interest in a Financed Vehicle. Neither the
                                Depositor nor CTL will be obligated to
                                repurchase a Receivable with respect to which a
                                Trust loses its security interest or the
                                priority of its security interest in the
                                related Financed Vehicle after the Closing Date
                                as the result of any such tax lien or
                                mechanic's lien or the fraud or negligence of a
                                third party.
 
                                Federal and state consumer protection laws
                                impose requirements on creditors in connection
                                with extensions of credit and collections of
                                retail installment loans, and certain of these
                                laws make an assignee of such a loan liable to
                                the obligor thereon for any violation by the
                                lender. CTL will be required to repurchase from
                                the Trust any Receivable that fails to comply
                                with the requirements of such consumer
                                protection laws on or before the last day of
                                the month following discovery by or notice to
                                the Servicer of such failure, if such failure
                                materially and adversely affects the interests
                                of the related Certificateholders in such
                                Receivable. See "Risk Factors--Perfection of
                                Security Interests in Financed Vehicles" and
                                "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
 
Tax Considerations............  If a Prospectus Supplement specifies that the
                                related Trust is a grantor trust, to the extent
                                provided in such Prospectus Supplement, upon
                                the issuance of the related Series of
                                Certificates, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.,
                                special federal tax counsel to the Trust, will
                                deliver an opinion to the effect that such
                                Trust will be treated as a grantor trust for
                                federal income tax purposes and will not be
                                subject to federal income tax.
 
                                If a Prospectus Supplement does not specify
                                that the related Trust is a grantor trust, upon
                                the issuance of the related Series of
                                Certificates, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
                                will deliver an opinion to the effect that such
                                Trust will not be treated as an association
                                taxable as a corporation or as a "publicly
                                traded partnership" taxable as a corporation.
                                See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" for
                                additional information regarding the
                                application of federal tax laws to a Trust and
                                the related Series of Certificates.
 
ERISA Considerations..........  Subject to the considerations discussed under
                                "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the
                                related Prospectus Supplement and unless
                                otherwise provided therein, any Certificates
                                that meet certain United States Department of
                                Labor requirements are eligible for purchase by
                                employee benefit plans and other retirement
                                arrangements subject to Title I of the Employee
                                Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
                                amended ("ERISA") or Section 4975 of the
                                Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
                                "Code"). Any class of Certificates that is
                                subordinated to any other class of Certificates
                                of the same Series may not be acquired by any
                                such employee benefit plan or retirement
                                arrangement. See "ERISA Considerations" herein
                                and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
Ratings.......................  It is a condition to the issuance of the
                                Certificates to be offered hereunder that they
                                be rated in one of the four highest rating
                                categories by at least one nationally
                                recognized statistical rating organization
                                (each, a "Rating Agency"). A rating is not a
                                recommendation to purchase, hold or sell
                                Certificates inasmuch as a rating does not
                                comment as to market price or suitability for a
                                particular investor. Ratings of Certificates
                                will address the likelihood of the payment of
                                principal of and interest on the Certificates
                                pursuant to their terms. There can be no
                                assurance that a rating will remain for a given
                                period of time or that a rating will not be
                                lowered or withdrawn entirely by a Rating
                                Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the
                                future so warrant. See "Risk Factors--Ratings
                                of the Certificates" herein. For more detailed
                                information regarding the ratings assigned to
                                any class of Certificates of a particular
                                Series, see "Summary of Terms--Ratings" and
                                "Risk Factors--Ratings of the Certificates" in
                                the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and delivered in connection with
the offering of any Series of Certificates, prospective investors should
carefully consider the following risk factors before investing in any class or
classes of Certificates of any such Series.
 
RISK ASSOCIATED WITH PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS
 
  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, on the Closing Date the
Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded Amount specified in such Prospectus
Supplement into the Pre-Funding Account. In no event will the Pre-Funded
Amount exceed 25% of the initial Certificate Balance of the related Series of
Certificates. The Pre-Funded Amount will be used to purchase Subsequent
Receivables from the Depositor (which, in turn, will acquire such Subsequent
Receivables from CTL) from time to time during the Funding Period. During the
Funding Period and until such amounts are applied by the Trustee to purchase
Subsequent Receivables, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be
invested by the Trustee (as instructed by the Servicer) in Eligible
Investments, and any investment income with respect thereto (net of any
related investment expenses) will be distributed on each Distribution Date
during the Funding Period as part of the Available Funds for the related
Collection Period. No Funding Period will end more than three calendar months
after the related Closing Date.
 
  To the extent that the entire Pre-Funded Amount has not been applied to the
purchase of Subsequent Receivables by the end of the related Funding Period,
any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funded Account will be distributed as a
prepayment of principal to Certificateholders following the end of the Funding
Period, in the amounts and pursuant to the priorities set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Such prepayment will reduce the outstanding principal
balance of one or more classes of the related Series of Certificates and may
reduce the anticipated yield thereon.
 
SALES OF SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES
 
  If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, (i) CTL will be
obligated pursuant to the Purchase Agreement to sell Subsequent Receivables
(subject only to the availability thereof) to the Depositor from time to time
during the Funding Period in an aggregate principal amount approximately equal
to the Pre-Funded Amount, (ii) the Depositor, in turn, will be obligated
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to sell such Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust and (iii) the Trust will be obligated to purchase
such Subsequent Receivables, subject only to the satisfaction of certain
conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and described in
the related Prospectus Supplement. If the principal amount of eligible
Subsequent Receivables originated or acquired by CTL during a Funding Period
is less than the Pre-Funded Amount, CTL and the Depositor may have
insufficient Subsequent Receivables to transfer to a Trust, and holders of one
or more classes of the related Series of Certificates may receive a full or
partial prepayment of principal at the end of the Funding Period as described
above under "--Pre-Funding Accounts."
 
PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN FINANCED VEHICLES
 
  Simultaneously with each sale of Receivables, CTL will assign to the
Depositor, and the Depositor will assign to the related Trust, security
interests in the related Financed Vehicles; due to administrative and quality
control concerns related to the retitling of a large amount of certificates of
title and related fees and expenses of each state's Department of Motor
Vehicles, however, the certificates of title to such Financed Vehicles will
not be amended to reflect the assignment to either the Depositor or the Trust.
In the absence of such amendments, a Trust may not have a perfected security
interest in such Financed Vehicles in some states, including Texas. In
California the security interest will continue to be perfected against
creditors and transferees of the vehicle owner. CTL will be obligated to
repurchase from the related Trust any Receivable sold to a Trust as to which
all actions necessary to secure a first perfected security interest in the
name of the Trust in the Financed Vehicle securing such Receivable shall not
have been taken as of the date such Receivable is transferred to such Trust,
if such breach materially and adversely affects the interest of the
Certificateholders in such Receivable and if such failure or breach is not
timely cured following discovery by or notice thereof to the Depositor or CTL.
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
  If a Trust does not have a perfected security interest in a Financed
Vehicle, its ability to realize on such Financed Vehicle in the event of a
default may be adversely affected. To the extent the security interest is
perfected, the Trust will have a prior claim over subsequent purchasers of
such Financed Vehicle and holders of subsequently perfected security
interests; however, the Trust could lose its security interest or the priority
of its security interest in a Financed Vehicle as against liens for repairs of
such Financed Vehicle or for taxes unpaid by the related Obligor or through
fraud or negligence. Neither the Depositor nor CTL will have any obligation to
repurchase a Receivable in respect of which a Trust loses its security
interest or the priority of its security interest in the related Financed
Vehicle as the result of any such mechanic's or tax lien or the fraud or
negligence of a third party occurring after the date such security interest
was conveyed to the Trust. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--
Security Interests in Vehicles."
 
PERFECTION OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSFER OF
RECEIVABLES
 
  Generally each Receivable will be "chattel paper" as defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC") as in effect in California (where CTL's and the
Depositor's chief executive offices are located) and the jurisdiction in which
the related Financed Vehicle was located at origination. Under the UCC as in
effect in each such jurisdiction, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a
manner similar to perfection of a security interest in chattel paper. Each of
CTL and the Depositor will make appropriate filings of UCC-1 financing
statements in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of California
to give notice of the sale of the Receivables. These steps may not be
sufficient to protect the Trust's interest in the Receivables against the
claims of CTL's creditors or a trustee (or a receiver or conservator, as the
case may be) of CTL in bankruptcy to the extent that the Receivables do not
constitute "chattel paper" within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in
California. The Trust's interest in the Receivable could also be defeated if a
subsequent purchaser were able to take physical possession of the Receivables
without notice of such assignment. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement,
however, CTL will be obligated to repurchase a Receivable if its
representation and warranties with respect to the Receivable are not true and
correct.
 
RISK ASSOCIATED WITH CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
  Federal and state consumer protection laws impose requirements on creditors
in connection with extensions of credit and collections of retail installment
loans, and certain of these laws make an assignee of such a loan (such as a
Trust) liable to the obligor thereon for any violation by the lender. To the
extent specified herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, CTL will be
obligated to make certain indemnities and to repurchase from the related Trust
any Receivable that fails to comply with such requirements. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws."
 
INSOLVENCY CONSIDERATIONS
 
  The Depositor has been established as a special purpose subsidiary of Bay
View Capital Corporation ("Bay View"), the holding company of CTL, to reduce
the risk of bankruptcy of the Depositor and its resulting effect on the
Certificates of each Series. In addition, the Depositor has undertaken to
follow certain procedures to preserve its corporate separateness, with a view
to maintaining the assets of the Depositor separate from the assets of Bay
View, with the result that the assets of the Depositor would not be available
directly to creditors of Bay View or its affiliates, to the representative of
any bankruptcy estate of Bay View or to any bankruptcy trustee or receiver or
conservator which may be appointed with respect to Bay View or any of its
affiliates other than the Depositor. There can be no assurance, however, that,
despite the bankruptcy remote nature of the Depositor and the procedures
described above, an appropriate party in interest would not succeed in an
effort to cause consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Depositor
with those of Bay View or any of its affiliates or that the appointment of the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") as receiver or conservator of
CTL would not have an adverse impact on one or more Series of Certificates.
 
  In the event of impairment of the capital of CTL or certain other events,
the California Commissioner of Corporations has the authority to take
possession of the property and business of CTL and retain possession as
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
conservator or liquidator of CTL, and to exercise the powers set forth for
such purpose in the California Industrial Loan Law. In such an event, however,
it is likely that the FDIC would become conservator or receiver of CTL and
able to exercise its powers as such under federal law. So long as CTL remains
an FDIC insured institution, in the event that the FDIC were appointed
receiver or conservator for CTL, the FDIC could exercise legal authority to
prevent the Trustee from taking any remedial action based solely upon such
appointment or insolvency of CTL or the FDIC may take other actions which may
have an adverse impact on one or more Series of Certificates.
 
  CTL will warrant to the Depositor in each Purchase Agreement (the benefit of
which warranty will be assigned by the Depositor to each Trust in the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement), that the sale of the related Receivables by
CTL to the Depositor is a sale, and not a financing, of the Receivables to the
Depositor. Likewise, the Depositor will warrant to the Trustee under the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement that the sale of the related
Receivables by the Depositor to the Trustee is a sale, and not a financing, of
the Receivables to such Trust. If the transactions contemplated under the
related Transfer and Servicing Agreements are treated as a sale, the
Receivables would not be part of CTL's or the Depositor's insolvency or
conservatorship estate and would not be available to the creditors of CTL or
the Depositor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if CTL were to become the
subject of receivership or conservatorship proceedings, or the Depositor were
to become a debtor in a bankruptcy case, and an appropriate party in interest
were to take the position that the sale of Receivables to the Depositor or
such Trust, as applicable, should be treated as a pledge of such Receivables
to secure a borrowing of CTL or the Depositor, then delays in payments of
collections of Receivables to Certificateholders could occur or reductions in
the amounts of such payments could result. If the transfer of Receivables to
the Depositor or any Trust is treated as a pledge instead of a sale, a tax or
government lien on the property of CTL or the Depositor, as applicable,
arising before the transfer of such Receivables to such Trust may have
priority over such Trust's interest in such Receivables.
 
  The decision of the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Tenth Circuit, Octagon Gas
Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer (In re Meridian Reserve, Inc.) (decided May 27, 1993),
contains language to the effect that accounts sold by a debtor would remain
property of the debtor's bankruptcy estate under the UCC, whether or not the
sale of the accounts was perfected. Although the Receivables constitute
chattel paper under the UCC, rather than accounts, Article 9 of the UCC
applies to the sale of chattel paper as well as the sale of accounts, and
perfection of a security interest in both chattel paper and accounts may be
accomplished by the filing of a UCC-1 financing statement. If, following an
insolvency proceeding in respect of the Depositor or an appointment of the
FDIC as receiver or conservator for CTL, a court or the FDIC were to follow
the reasoning of the Tenth Circuit, then the Receivables could be included in
the insolvency estate of the Depositor or the receivership or conservatorship
estate of CTL, as applicable, and delays and reductions in payments of
collections on or in respect of the Receivables could occur.
 
LIMITED OBLIGATIONS OF CTL AND THE DEPOSITOR
 
  Neither CTL nor the Depositor will be generally obligated to make any
payments to a Trust in respect of the related Certificates or Receivables.
However, in connection with the sale of the Receivables, CTL will make
representations and warranties regarding the characteristics of such
Receivables and, in certain circumstances, CTL will be required to repurchase
from the Trust any Receivables with respect to which such representations and
warranties have been breached. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables." In addition, CTL, as
Servicer, may be required to purchase Receivables from a Trust under certain
circumstances set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Servicing Procedures."
 
SUBORDINATION OF CERTAIN CLASSES OF CERTIFICATES
 
  To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions
of interest and principal on one or more classes of Certificates may be
subordinated in priority of payment to interest and principal due on one or
more other classes of Certificates of the same Series.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
LIMITED ASSETS OF EACH TRUST
 
  None of the Trusts will have, nor will any such Trust be permitted or
expected to have, any significant assets or sources of funds other than the
related Receivables and, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account or Cash Collateral Account, yield supplement
account or other form of credit enhancement. Subject to the foregoing, the
Certificates of each Series will represent interests solely in the related
Trust and will not represent obligations of or interests in, or be insured or
guaranteed by, CTL, the Depositor, the Trustee or any other entity.
Consequently, holders of the Certificates of any Series must rely for
repayment upon payments on the related Receivables and, if and to the extent
available, amounts available under any available form of credit enhancement,
all as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AUTOMOBILE LOANS
   
  Automobiles rapidly depreciate. As a consequence, the Obligor's continuing
financial stability rather than the value of the vehicle is generally relied
upon for the repayment of the related receivable. This is especially true with
respect to Receivables purchased by CTL, because CTL's underwriting procedures
are primarily based on the ability of the Obligor to repay. As a result,
subject to the credit score, CTL may permit the origination of a loan in
excess of the manufacturer's suggested retail price, in the case of new
vehicles, or the value established by used car reference publications.
Therefore, a repossessed automobile may not provide an adequate source of
repayment of the outstanding loan balance. See "The Receivables Pools--
Underwriting Procedures." Furthermore, the application of various federal and
state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount
which can be recovered on such loans. See "The Receivables Pools--
Delinquencies and Credit Losses."     
 
MATURITY AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
 
  All of the Receivables are prepayable at any time by the related Obligor. As
used herein with respect to any Receivable, the term prepayment includes
prepayments in full, partial prepayments (including those related to rebates
of extended warranty contract costs and insurance premiums) and liquidations
due to defaults, as well as receipts of proceeds from physical damage, credit
life and disability insurance policies and any lender's insurance policy, and
Purchase Amounts with respect to certain other Receivables repurchased by CTL
as a result of a breach of a representation or warranty or purchased by the
Servicer for administrative reasons. The rate of prepayments on the
Receivables may be influenced by a variety of economic, social and other
factors, including the fact that an Obligor generally may not sell or transfer
the Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable without the consent of CTL. The
rate of prepayment on the Receivables may also be influenced by the structure
of the underlying loans. To the extent prepayments on the Receivables are more
rapid than expected, Certificateholders' anticipated yield may be reduced to
the extent the Certificates were purchased at a premium. See "Weighted Average
Life of the Certificates." In addition, if so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may be entitled to purchase the
Receivables of a given Receivables Pool under the circumstances described in
such Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Termination."
 
  In addition, a Series of Certificates may include one or more classes of
interest-only or other Strip Certificates that may be more sensitive than
other classes of Certificates of such Series to the rate of payment on the
related Receivables. Prospective investors in any such class of Certificates
should carefully consider the information provided with respect to such
Certificates under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
 
RATINGS OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
  It is a condition of the issuance of the Certificates to be offered
hereunder that they be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by
at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization. A rating
is not a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell Certificates inasmuch as a
rating does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular
investor. The ratings of the Certificates will address the likelihood of the
payment of principal and interest thereon pursuant to their terms. There can
be no assurance that a rating will remain in effect for any given period of
time or that a rating will not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
Rating Agency if in its judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. For
more detailed information regarding the ratings assigned to any class of a
particular Series of Certificates, see "Summary of Terms--Ratings" and "Risk
Factors--Ratings of the Certificates" in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each class of the
Certificates of a given Series initially will be represented by one or more
certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co. ("Cede"), or any other
nominee of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement, and will not be registered in the names of the holders
of such Certificates or their nominees. Because of this, unless and until
Definitive Certificates for such Series are issued, the beneficial owners of
such Certificates will not be recognized by the Trustee as
"Certificateholders" (as such term is used herein or in the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement). Hence, until Definitive Certificates are issued,
beneficial owners of the Certificates will be able to exercise the rights of
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its participating
organizations. See "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration"
and "--Definitive Certificates."
 
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
 
  There can be no assurance that a secondary market will develop for the
Certificates or, if it does develop, that it will provide the holders of the
Certificates with liquidity of investment or that it will remain for the term
of the Certificates. The issuance of the Certificates in book-entry form may
reduce the liquidity of such Certificates in the secondary trading market
since investors may be unwilling to purchase Certificates in the secondary
trading market for which they cannot obtain physical certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration."
 
DIFFICULTY IN PLEDGING
 
  Since transactions in Certificates can be effected only through DTC,
participating organizations, indirect participants and certain banks, the
ability of a beneficial Owner to pledge a Certificate to persons or entities
that do not participate in the DTC system, or otherwise to take actions in
respect of such Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of a physical
certificate representing the Certificates. See "Description of the
Certificates--Book-Entry Registration."
 
                                  THE TRUSTS
 
  Each Series of Certificates will be issued by a separate Trust established
by the Depositor pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement for the
transactions described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
property of each Trust will include a pool (a "Receivables Pool") of simple
interest and/or precomputed interest retail installment sale or installment
loan contracts secured by new or used automobiles, recreational vehicles,
light trucks, motorcycles or vans and certain payments due or received
thereunder after the applicable Cutoff Date. To the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Receivables in each Receivables Pool were
or will be either (a) originated by Dealers for assignment to CTL or (b)
solicited by Dealers for origination by CTL. CTL is the registered lienholder
listed on the certificates of title of the Financed Vehicles. If specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, CTL may purchase Receivables from third
party originators, in which case the registered lienholder on the certificate
of title will be named in the Prospectus Supplement. The Receivables will
continue to be serviced by CTL as the initial Servicer under each Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
 
  On or prior to the applicable Closing Date, CTL will sell to the Depositor,
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Receivables in the aggregate principal
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Thereafter, on such
Closing Date, the Depositor will convey such Receivables and, if so provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Pre-Funded Amount to the related
Trust in exchange for the delivery to the Depositor of the Series of
Certificates issued on such date by such Trust. If the Prospectus Supplement
provides for the conveyance of a Pre-Funded Amount to the related Trust, CTL
will also be required under the Purchase Agreement, and the Depositor will be
required under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to convey to
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
the Depositor and the Trust, respectively, Subsequent Receivables from time to
time during the Funding Period in an aggregate principal amount approximately
equal to such Pre-Funded Amount. Any Subsequent Receivables so conveyed to a
Trust will also be assets of such Trust. The property of each Trust will also
include (i) interests in certain amounts that may from time to time be held in
separate trust accounts established and maintained pursuant to the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, if so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the proceeds of such accounts; (ii) security interests in the
Financed Vehicles and any other interest of CTL and the Depositor in such
Financed Vehicles; (iii) any recourse rights of CTL against Dealers; (iv) any
rights of CTL to proceeds from claims on or refunds of premiums with respect
to certain physical damage, credit life and disability insurance policies
covering the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors, as the case may be, including
any lender's insurance policy; (v) any property that secures a Receivable and
that has been acquired by the Trust; (vi) certain rights under the related
Purchase Agreement; and (vii) any and all proceeds of the foregoing. CTL will
not convey to the Depositor, and the Depositor will not convey to a Trust, and
the related Certificateholders will have no interest in, any contract with a
Dealer establishing "dealer reserves" or any rights to recapture dealer
reserves pursuant to such a contract. To the extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a Pre-Funding Account or a Cash Collateral Account, a
yield supplement account, surety bond, swap or other interest rate protection,
or any other form of credit enhancement may be a part of the property of a
Trust or may be held by the Trustee for the benefit of holders of the related
Certificates.
 
  CTL, as initial Servicer under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, will
continue to service the Receivables held by each Trust and will receive fees
for such services. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein. To facilitate the
servicing of the Receivables, the Depositor and each Trustee will designate
the Servicer as custodian of the Receivables and the related documents for the
related Trust; due to the administrative burden and expense, however, the
certificates of title to the Financed Vehicles will not be amended to reflect
the sale and assignment of the security interest in the Financed Vehicles to
either the Depositor or the Trust. In the absence of such an amendment, a
Trust may not have a perfected security interest in certain of the Financed
Vehicles in some states. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables" and
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of
Receivables."
 
  If the protection provided to the holders of the Certificates of any Series
(the "Certificateholders") by the subordination, if any, of one or more
classes of Certificates of such Series and by any Cash Collateral Account,
yield supplement account or other available form of credit enhancement for
such Series is insufficient, such Certificateholders will have to look to
payments by or on behalf of Obligors on the related Receivables and the
proceeds from the repossession and sale of Financed Vehicles that secure
defaulted Receivables for distributions of principal of and interest on the
related Certificates. In such event, certain factors, such as the Trust's not
having perfected security interests in all of the Financed Vehicles, may limit
the ability of a Trust to realize on the collateral securing the related
Receivables or may limit the amount realized to less than the amount due
thereunder. Certificateholders may thus be subject to delays in payment on, or
may incur losses on their investment in, such Certificates as a result of
defaults or delinquencies by Obligors and depreciation in the value of the
related Financed Vehicles. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Credit and Cash Flow Enhancement" and "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables."
 
THE TRUSTEE
 
  The Trustee for each Trust will be specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The Trustee's liability in connection with the issuance and sale
of the related Certificates is limited solely to the express obligations of
such Trustee set forth in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement. A
Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Servicer will be obligated
to appoint a successor Trustee. The Servicer may also remove a Trustee if such
Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as Trustee under the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement or if such Trustee becomes insolvent. If the Servicer
so removes a Trustee, the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor to
such Trustee. Any resignation or removal of a Trustee and appointment of a
successor Trustee will not become effective until acceptance of the
appointment by the successor Trustee.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                             THE RECEIVABLES POOLS
 
GENERAL
 
  To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Receivables arise, or will arise, from motor vehicle installment sale
contracts that were originated by new and used car, light truck, recreational
vehicle, van and motorcycle dealers for assignment to CTL or motor vehicle
loan contracts that were solicited by dealers for origination by CTL in the
ordinary course of business. CTL is the registered lienholder on the
certificates of title to each of the Financed Vehicles. If specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, CTL may purchase Receivables from third party
originators, in which case the registered lienholder on the certificate of
title will be named in the Prospectus Supplement.
 
  The Receivables to be sold to each Trust will be selected from CTL's
portfolio for inclusion in a Receivables Pool based on several criteria,
including that each Receivable (i) is secured by a new or used vehicle, (ii)
provides for level monthly payments (except for the last payment, which may be
different from the level payments) that fully amortize the amount financed
over the original term to maturity of the Receivable, (iii) is a Precomputed
Receivable or a Simple Interest Receivable (each as defined herein) and (iv)
satisfies the other criteria, if any, set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. No selection procedures believed by CTL or the Depositor to be
adverse to Certificateholders were or will be used in selecting the
Receivables.
 
UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES
 
  CTL uses the degree of the applicant's creditworthiness as the basic
criterion when originating an installment sales contract or purchasing such a
contract from a Dealer. Each credit application requires that the applicant
provide current information regarding the applicant's employment history, bank
accounts, debts, credit references, and other factors that bear on
creditworthiness. CTL generally applies uniform underwriting standards when
originating loans on new and used vehicles. CTL also typically obtains a
credit report from a major credit reporting agency summarizing the applicant's
credit history and paying habits, including such items as open accounts,
delinquent payments, bankruptcies, repossessions, lawsuits, and judgments.
Information relating to the applicant and supplied by the applicant on the
loan application combined with information provided by credit reporting
agencies is used to generate the borrower's credit score.
 
  The credit score generated is used as the basic determinant for loan
approval. CTL's credit scoring model was developed by an independent firm
experienced in developing such models and utilizes extensive historical data
related to CTL's origination and servicing experience as well as the
experience of CTL's senior management. CTL's credit scoring model evaluates an
applicant's credit profile along with certain applicant specific
characteristics to arrive at an estimate of the associated credit risk.
Additionally, CTL's credit analysts may also verify an applicant's employment
income and/or residency or where appropriate, verify an applicant's payment
history directly with the applicant's creditors. CTL will also generally
verify receipt of the automobile and other information directly with the
borrower. Based on these procedures, a credit decision is considered and
approved by CTL personnel at various levels of authority, depending on a
variety of factors including the amount of the loan and the applicant's credit
score.
 
  CTL's underwriting guidelines adhere to no specific loan-to-value ratios
because the primary focus is on the ability of the borrower to repay the loan
rather than the value of underlying collateral. The amount financed by CTL
will generally be up to the full sales price of the vehicle plus sales tax,
dealer preparation fees, license fees and title fees, plus the cost of service
and warranty contracts and premiums for physical damage, credit life and
disability insurance obtained in connection with the vehicle or the financing
(such amounts in addition to the sales price, collectively the "Additional
Vehicle Costs"). Accordingly, the amount financed by CTL under an installment
contract generally may exceed, depending on the credit score, in the case of
new vehicles, the manufacturer's suggested retail price of the financed
vehicle and the Additional Vehicle Costs. In the case of used vehicles, if the
applicant meets CTL's creditworthiness criteria, the amount financed may
exceed the vehicle's value as assigned by one of the three standard reference
sources for dealers of used cars and the Additional Vehicle Costs. Depending
on the dealer's location, CTL will use the "Kelley Blue Book," "NADA Official
Used Car Guide" or the "Black Book" published by National Auto Research to
obtain a value to assign to a used vehicle for underwriting purposes.
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
  CTL believes based on its historical experience that the resale value of a
new vehicle purchased by an obligor will generally decline below the
manufacturer's suggested retail price and, in some cases, may decline for a
period of time below the principal balance outstanding on the related
installment contract. CTL also believes that the resale value of a used
vehicle purchased by an obligor will generally decline, but believes that the
percentage of such decline generally will be less than the percentage of
decline in the resale value of a new vehicle. CTL regularly reviews the
quality of the Contracts purchased from Dealers and periodically conducts
quality control audits to ensure compliance with its established policies and
procedures. See also "California Thrift & Loan and Affiliates" herein.
 
ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS
 
  The Receivables will be either Simple Interest Receivables or Precomputed
Receivables. "Simple Interest Receivables" provide for equal monthly payments
that are applied, first, to collection fees, if any, then to applicable late
charges, then to pay interest accrued to the date of such payment, then to
principal due on such date, and then to further reduce the outstanding
principal balance. Accordingly, if an Obligor pays a fixed monthly installment
before its due date under a Simple Interest Receivable, the portion of the
payment allocable to interest for the period since the preceding payment will
be less than it would have been had the payment been made on the contractual
due date, and the portion of the payment applied to reduce the principal
balance of the Receivable will be correspondingly greater. Conversely, if an
Obligor pays a fixed monthly installment under a Simple Interest Receivable
after its contractual due date, the portion of such payment allocable to
interest for the period since the preceding payment will be greater than it
would have been had the payment been made when due, and the portion of such
payment applied to reduce the principal balance of the Receivable will be
correspondingly less, in which case a larger portion of the principal balance
may be due on the final scheduled payment date.
 
  "Precomputed Receivables" consist of either (i) monthly actuarial
receivables ("Actuarial Receivables") or (ii) receivables that provide for
allocation of payments according to the "sum of periodic balances" method,
similar to the Rule of 78's ("Rule of 78's Receivables"). An Actuarial
Receivable provides for amortization of the loan over a series of fixed level
payment monthly installments. Each monthly installment, including the monthly
installment representing the final payment of the receivable, consists of an
amount of interest equal to 1/12 of the annual percentage rate of the loan
multiplied by the unpaid principal balance of the loan, and an amount of
principal equal to the remainder of the monthly payment. A Rule of 78's
Receivable provides for the payment by the Obligor of a specified total amount
of payments, payable in equal monthly installments on each due date, which
total represents the principal amount financed and add-on interest for the
term of the receivable. The rate at which the amount of add-on interest is
earned and, correspondingly, the amount of each fixed monthly payment
allocated to reduction of the outstanding principal amount of the Receivable
are calculated in accordance with the sum of the periodic time balances or the
"Rule of 78's." If a Precomputed Receivable is prepaid in full (voluntarily or
by liquidation, acceleration or otherwise), under the terms of the Contract a
"refund" or "rebate" will be made to the Obligor of the portion of the total
amount of payments then due and payable under the Contract allocable to
"unearned" interest. Unearned interest is calculated in accordance with the
sum of the periodic time balances method, the Rule of 78's or an equivalent
method. The amount of any such rebate under a Precomputed Receivable generally
will be less than or equal to the remaining scheduled payments of interest
that would have been due under a Simple Interest Receivable for which all
payments were made on schedule and generally will be significantly less than
such amount.
 
  To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of the
Receivables that are Precomputed Receivables will be Rule of 78's Receivables;
however, the Trust will account for all Rule of 78's Receivables as if such
Receivables were Actuarial Receivables. If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement early payments on Precomputed Receivables ("Payaheads")
will be deposited to the Payahead Account as described under "Description of
the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Accounts." Amounts received upon
prepayment in full of a Rule of 78's Receivable in excess of the then
outstanding principal balance of such Receivable (computed on an actuarial
basis) will not be passed through to Certificateholders, except to the extent
necessary to pay interest and principal on the Certificates.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
  In the event of the liquidation of a Receivable or the repossession of a
Financed Vehicle, amounts recovered are applied first to the expenses of
repossession, and then to unpaid interest (to the extent not previously
written off) and principal and any related payment or other fee.
   
DELINQUENCIES AND CREDIT LOSSES     
   
  Certain information concerning the delinquencies and credit losses with
respect to new and used retail automobile, light truck, recreational vehicle,
motorcycle and van receivables will be set forth in each Prospectus
Supplement. There can be no assurance that the delinquency and credit loss
experience with respect to any Receivables Pool will be comparable to prior
experience or to such information.     
 
                   WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
  The weighted average life of the Certificates of any Series generally will
be influenced by the rate at which the principal balances of the related
Receivables are paid, which payment may be in the form of scheduled
amortization or prepayments. For this purpose, the term prepayments includes
prepayments in full, partial prepayments (including those related to rebates
of extended warranty contract costs and insurance premiums), liquidations due
to defaults, as well as receipts of proceeds, if any, from physical damage,
credit life and disability and/or any lender's insurance policies, and the
amount of Receivables repurchased by CTL due to a breach of a representation
or warranty or purchased by the Servicer for administrative purposes. All of
the Receivables are prepayable at any time without penalty (or with a de
minimis charge) to the Obligor. The rate of prepayment of automotive
receivables is influenced by a variety of economic, social and other factors,
including the fact that an Obligor generally may not sell or transfer the
Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable without the consent of the registered
lienholder (or the Servicer on behalf of such lienholder). The rate of
prepayment on the Receivables may also be influenced by the structure of the
loan. In addition, under certain circumstances, CTL will be obligated to
repurchase Receivables from a Trust pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement
and Pooling and Servicing Agreement as a result of breaches of representations
and warranties, and the Servicer will be obligated to purchase Receivables
from a Trust pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement as a
result of breaches of certain covenants. See "Description of the Transfer and
Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables" and "--Servicing
Procedures." See also "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--
Termination" regarding the option of the Servicer to purchase the Receivables
from a Trust.
 
  A Series of Certificates may include one or more classes of Strip
Certificates that are more sensitive than certain other classes of
Certificates of the same Series to the rate of payment of the related
Receivables. Prospective investors in any such Strip Certificates should
consider carefully the information regarding such Certificates in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
  In light of the above considerations, there can be no assurance as to the
amount of principal payments to be made on the Certificates of a Series on any
Distribution Date since such amount will depend, in part, on the amount of
principal collected on the related Receivables Pool during the applicable
Collection Period. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayment of Receivables will be borne entirely by the
Certificateholders. The related Prospectus Supplement may set forth certain
additional information with respect to the maturity and prepayment
considerations applicable to the particular Receivables Pool and the related
Series of Certificates or particular classes of Certificates.
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
                POOL FACTORS AND OTHER CERTIFICATE INFORMATION
 
  The "Certificate Pool Factor" for each class of Certificates will be a
seven-digit decimal which the Servicer will compute prior to each distribution
with respect to such class of Certificates and which will indicate the
remaining Class Certificate Balance of such class of Certificates, as of the
applicable Distribution Date (after giving effect to distributions to be made
on such Distribution Date), as a fraction of the initial Class Certificate
Balance of such class of Certificates. Each Certificate Pool Factor will be
1.0000000 as of the related Closing Date and thereafter will decline to
reflect reductions in the applicable Class Certificate Balance. A
Certificateholder's portion of the aggregate outstanding Class Certificate
Balance will equal the product of (a) the original denomination of such
Certificateholder's Certificate and (b) the applicable Certificate Pool Factor
at the time of determination.
 
  The Certificateholders will receive reports on or about each Distribution
Date concerning payments received on the Receivables, the Pool Balance and
each Certificate Pool Factor. In addition, Certificateholders of record during
any calendar year will be furnished information for tax reporting purposes not
later than the latest date permitted by law. See "Description of the
Certificates--Statements to Certificateholders."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  On each Closing Date, the Depositor will convey the Receivables and, if so
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the applicable Pre-Funded
Amount to the related Trust in exchange for the related Series of
Certificates. The Depositor will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
Certificates to the purchase of the Receivables from CTL and, if so provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, to fund the Pre-Funding Account, and to
such other things, if any, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
CTL will use the portion of such proceeds paid to it to repay deposits, short-
term borrowings and for general corporate purposes.
 
                    CALIFORNIA THRIFT & LOAN AND AFFILIATES
 
  CTL is a 38 year-old, FDIC-insured California thrift and loan. CTL's
business is the underwriting and purchasing of high yield consumer loans
(primarily retail installment sales contracts secured by new and used
automobiles and light-duty trucks), residential real estate loans and
commercial equipment leases for small and medium sized businesses. CTL
conducts its business primarily in the States of California, Arizona,
Colorado, Illinois, New Mexico, Nevada, Oregon and Texas.
 
  On June 14, 1996 Bay View acquired CTL Credit, Inc., the holding company of
CTL. CTL is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bay View.
 
  The Depositor is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bay View, formed in November
1996 as a Delaware corporation, and is organized for the limited purpose of
purchasing, acquiring owning and holding vehicle installment sale and
installment loan contracts, reselling such receivables and conducting
activities incidental thereto.
 
  The Depositor has taken steps in structuring the transactions contemplated
hereby that are intended to ensure that the voluntary or involuntary
application for relief by the Depositor under the United States Bankruptcy
Code or other applicable laws ("Insolvency Laws") will not result in the
consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Depositor with those of Bay
View or CTL. These steps include the creation of the Depositor as a separate,
limited-purpose subsidiary pursuant to a certificate of incorporation
containing certain limitations (including restrictions on the nature of the
Depositor's business, as described above, and restrictions on the Depositor's
ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding under any Insolvency Law
without the unanimous affirmative vote of all its directors). However, there
can be no assurance that the activities of the Depositor would
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
not result in a court concluding that the assets and liabilities of the
Depositor should be consolidated with those of Bay View or CTL in a proceeding
under an Insolvency Law. See "Risk Factors--Insolvency Considerations."
 
  In addition, tax and certain other statutory liabilities, such as
liabilities to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, if any, relating to
the underfunding of pension plans of Bay View or its affiliates can be
asserted against the Depositor. To the extent that any such liabilities arise
after the transfer of Receivables to a Trust, the Trust's interest in the
Receivables would be prior to the interest of the claimant with respect to any
such liabilities. However, the existence of a claim against the Depositor
could permit the claimant to subject the Depositor to an involuntary
proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other Insolvency Laws. See "Risk
Factors--Insolvency Considerations."
 
                        DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
GENERAL
 
  Each Trust will issue a Series of Certificates pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. A form of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement has been
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus
forms a part. The following is a summary of the material terms of the
Certificates and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to, the provisions of the related Certificates and Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
 
  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Certificates will
be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples in excess thereof in book-entry form only.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST
 
  The timing and priority of distributions, seniority, allocations of losses,
Pass-Through Rate and amount of or method of determining distributions with
respect to principal and interest on each class of Certificates of a Series
will be described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions on such
Certificates will be made on the dates specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement (the "Distribution Date") and may be made prior to distributions
with respect to principal of such Certificates. To the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a Series of Certificates may include one or
more classes of Strip Certificates entitled to (i) interest distributions with
disproportionate, nominal or no principal distributions or (ii) principal
distributions with disproportionate, nominal or no interest distributions.
Each class of Certificates may have a different Pass-Through Rate, which may
be a fixed, variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate (and which may be zero
for certain classes of Strip Certificates) or any combination of the
foregoing. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-Through
Rate for each class of Certificates of a Series or the method for determining
such Pass-Through Rate.
 
  To the extent specified in any Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Certificates of a given Series may have fixed principal and/or interest
distribution schedules, as set forth in such Prospectus Supplement.
 
  In the case of a Series of Certificates that includes two or more classes of
Certificates, the timing, sequential order, priority of payment or amount of
distributions in respect of interest and principal, and any schedule or
formula or other provisions applicable to the determination thereof, of each
such class shall be as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions in respect of interest on and principal of any class of
Certificates will be made on a pro rata basis among all holders of
Certificates of such class.
 
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
 
  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each class of
Certificates initially will berepresented by one or more certificates, in each
case registered in the name of the nominee of DTC. Unless
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
another nominee is specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the nominee
of DTC will be Cede. Accordingly, such nominee is expected to be the holder of
record of the Certificates of each Series, except for Certificates, if any,
retained by the Depositor. Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued
under the limited circumstances described herein or in the related Prospectus
Supplement, no Certificateholder will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing a Certificate; all references herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement to actions by Certificateholders will refer to
actions taken by DTC upon instructions from its participating members
("Participants"), and all references herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
Certificateholders will refer to distributions, notices, reports and
statements to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered holder
of the Certificates, for distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with
DTC's procedures with respect thereto. Beneficial owners of the Certificates
("Certificate Owners") will not be recognized as "Certificateholders" by the
related Trustee, as such term is used in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
and Certificate Owners will be permitted to exercise the rights of
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its Participants.
 
  DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State
of New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation"
within the meaning of the UCC in effect in the State of New York, and a
"clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for the Participants and to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
Participants through electronic book-entries, thereby eliminating the need for
physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations. Indirect access to
the DTC system also is available to banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Participant, either directly or indirectly (the "Indirect Participants").
 
  Certificate Owners that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but
desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or an interest
in, the Certificates may do so only through Participants and Indirect
Participants. In addition, all Certificate Owners will receive all
distributions of principal and interest from the related Trustee through
Participants. Under a book-entry format, Certificate Owners may experience
some delay in their receipt of payments, since such payments will be forwarded
by the Trustee to DTC's nominee. DTC will then forward such payments to the
Participants, which thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants or
Certificate Owners.
 
  Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to make book-entry transfers
among Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Certificates
and to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest on the
Certificates. Participants and Indirect Participants with which Certificate
Owners have accounts with respect to the Certificates similarly are required
to make book-entry transfers and to receive and transmit such payments on
behalf of their respective Certificate Owners. Accordingly, although
Certificate Owners will not possess physical certificates representing the
Certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Participants and Indirect
Participants will receive payments and transfer interests, directly or
indirectly, on behalf of Certificate Owners.
 
  Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a
Certificate Owner to pledge Certificates to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions with respect to such
Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate
representing such Certificates.
 
  DTC may take any action permitted to be taken by a Certificate Owner under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement only at the direction of one or more
Participants to whose account with DTC the Certificates are credited. DTC may
take conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the
extent that such actions are taken on behalf of Participants whose holdings
include such undivided interests.
 
  Except as required by law, the related Trustee will not have any liability
for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of
beneficial ownership interests of Certificates of any Series held by
 
                                      22
<PAGE>
 
DTC's nominee, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records
relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
 
DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
   
  To the extent the related Prospectus Supplement specifies the related
Certificates be delivered through the facilities of DTC, the Certificates of a
given Series will be issued in fully registered, certificated form
("Definitive Certificates") to Certificateholders or their respective
nominees, rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) the related Trustee
determines that DTC is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its
responsibilities as depository with respect to the related Certificates and
such Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Trustee
elects, at its option, to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii)
after the occurrence of an Event of Default or Servicer Default, Certificate
Owners representing at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
the Certificates of such Series, advise the related Trustee through DTC that
the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto)
is no longer in the best interests of the related Certificate Owners.     
 
  Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the related Trustee will be required to notify the
related Certificate Owners, through Participants, of the availability of
Definitive Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC of the certificates
representing all Certificates of any affected class and the receipt of
instructions for re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive
Certificates to the related Certificate Owners. Distributions on the related
Definitive Certificates will be made thereafter by the related Trustee
directly to the holders in whose name the related Definitive Certificates are
registered at the close of business on the applicable record date, in
accordance with the procedures set forth herein and in the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. Distributions will be made by check mailed to the address
of such holders as they appear on the register specified in the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the offices
of the related Trustee (or any security registrar appointed thereby). No
service charge will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange,
but such Trustee may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
 
STATEMENTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  With respect to each Series of Certificates, on or prior to each
Distribution Date, the Servicer (to the extent applicable to such
Certificateholder) will prepare and forward to the related Trustee to be
included with the distribution to each Certificateholder of record a statement
setting forth for the related Collection Period substantially the following
information (and any other information specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement):
 
  (i)    the amount of the distribution allocable to principal (including any
         overdue principal) of each class of Certificates of such Series;
 
  (ii)   the amount of the distribution allocable to interest (including any
         overdue interest) on each class of Certificates of such Series;
 
  (iii)  the amount of fees and compensation paid to the Servicer and the
         Trustee with respect to the related Collection Period;
 
  (iv)   the Class Certificate Balance and Certificate Pool Factor for each
         class of Certificates of such Series as of the related record date;
 
  (v)    the amount, if any withdrawn from and the balance of any Cash
         Collateral Account or other form of credit enhancement, after giving
         effect to any additions thereto or withdrawals therefrom or reductions
         thereto to be made on the following Distribution Date;
 
  (vi)   with respect to any Series of Certificates as to which a Pre-Funding
         Account has been established, for Distribution Dates during the
         Funding Period, the remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and
 
  (vii)  for the Distribution Date that falls on or immediately after the end
         of the Funding Period, if any, the amount of the Pre-Funded Amount
         that has not been used to purchase Subsequent Receivables.
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
  (viii) the aggregate net losses on the Receivables for the related
         Collection Period;
 
  (ix)   the aggregate principal balance of all Receivables which were
         delinquent 30 days or more as of the last day of the related
         Collection Period; and
     
  (x)    the amount of Advances made on such Distribution Date; the aggregate
         amount of outstanding Advances on such Distribution Date; and the
         amount of Advances reimbursed to the Servicer on such Distribution Date
         based on the fact that the related Receivable became a Defaulted
         Receivable during the prior Collection Period.     
 
  Dollar amounts described in items (i), (ii) and (iv) above will be expressed
as a dollar amount per $1,000 of initial Class Certificate Balance of such
Certificates.
 
  In addition, within the prescribed period of time for tax reporting purposes
after the end of each calendar year during the term of each Trust, the related
Trustee will mail to each person who at any time during such calendar year
shall have been a registered Certificateholder a statement containing certain
information for the purposes of such Certificateholder's preparation of
federal income tax returns. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences."
 
LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
 
  Each Trustee, within 15 days after receipt of written request of the
Servicer, will provide the Servicer with a list of the names and addresses of
all holders of record as of the most recent record date of the related Series
of Certificates. In addition, three or more holders of the Certificates of any
Series or one or more holders of such Certificates evidencing not less than
25% of the applicable Certificate Balance may, by written request to the
related Trustee, obtain access to the list of all Certificateholders
maintained by such Trustee for the purpose of communicating with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or under such Certificates.
 
             DESCRIPTION OF THE TRANSFER AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
 
  The following is a summary of the material terms of each Purchase Agreement
and Pooling and Servicing Agreement (collectively, the "Transfer and Servicing
Agreements") pursuant to which the Depositor will purchase Receivables from
CTL, a Trust will purchase Receivables from the Depositor, and the Servicer
will agree to service such Receivables. Forms of the Purchase Agreement and
Pooling and Servicing Agreement have been filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part. The following
summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the
provisions of the related Transfer and Servicing Agreements.
 
SALE AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
 
  On the related Closing Date, (i) CTL will sell and assign to the Depositor
pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement, without recourse, its entire right
in the related Receivables, including its security interests in the related
Financed Vehicles and (ii) the Depositor will sell and assign to the related
Trust pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, without
recourse, (a) its entire right in such Receivables and all of its right, title
and interest under the Purchase Agreement, including the security interests in
the Financed Vehicles, and (b) if so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the applicable Pre-Funded Amount. Each Receivable will be
identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related Purchase
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Trustee will, concurrently
with such sale and assignment of the Receivables and, if applicable, the Pre-
Funded Amount, to the related Trust, execute, authenticate and deliver the
related Series of Certificates to the Depositor in exchange for such
Receivables and such Pre-Funded Amount, if any. The related Prospectus
Supplement will specify whether the property of a Trust will include the Pre-
Funded Amount and, if so, the terms, conditions and manner under which
Subsequent Receivables will be sold and assigned by the Depositor to the
related Trust.
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
  In each Purchase Agreement, CTL will represent and warrant to the Depositor,
among other things, that (i) the information provided with respect to the
related Receivables is correct in all material respects; (ii) the Obligor on
each such Receivable has obtained or agreed to obtain and maintain physical
damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle in accordance with CTL's normal
requirements; (iii) at the Closing Date, with respect to Receivables conveyed
to a Trust on the Closing Date, and on the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date
with respect to any Subsequent Receivables, the Receivables are free and clear
of all security interests, liens, charges and encumbrances, other than the
lien of the Depositor, and no offsets, defenses or counterclaims against the
Depositor or CTL have been asserted or threatened with respect to the related
Receivables; (iv) at the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date, as
applicable, each of the related Receivables is secured by a first perfected
security interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust or all
necessary action has been taken by CTL to secure such a first perfected
security interest; and (v) each of the related Receivables, at the time it was
originated, complied and, at the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date, as
applicable, complies, in all material respects with applicable federal and
state laws, including, without limitation, consumer credit, truth in lending,
equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws. As of the last day of any
Collection Period following the discovery by or notice to CTL of a breach of
any such representation or warranty that materially and adversely affects the
interests of the Depositor or its assignee in a Receivable (or as of the last
day of the preceding Collection Period, if CTL so elects), CTL, unless it has
cured such breach, will repurchase the Receivable at a price equal to the
unpaid principal balance owed by the Obligor thereon plus, accrued interest
thereon at the applicable Contract Rate to the date of purchase (the "Purchase
Amount"), and such Receivable will be considered a "Purchased Receivable" as
of such date. In each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will
assign certain rights under the related Purchase Agreement to the related
Trust, including the right to cause CTL to repurchase Receivables with respect
to which it is in breach of any such representation and warranty. The
repurchase obligation of CTL pursuant to each Purchase Agreement and Pooling
and Servicing Agreement will constitute the sole remedy available to the
related Certificateholders or Trustee for any uncured breach of a
representation or warranty.
 
  If the related Prospectus Supplement provides that the property of a Trust
will include a Pre-Funding Account, CTL will be obligated to sell and assign
to the Depositor pursuant to the related Purchase Agreement, and the Depositor
will be obligated to sell and assign to the related Trust pursuant to the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Subsequent Receivables from time to
time during the Funding Period in an aggregate outstanding principal amount
approximately equal to the Pre-Funded Amount. Any conveyance of Subsequent
Receivables to a Trust is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the
related transfer date (each, a "Subsequent Transfer Date"), of the following
conditions precedent, among others: (i) each such Subsequent Receivable must
satisfy the eligibility criteria specified in the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; (ii) the Subsequent Receivables shall have been selected
based on the criteria specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement and
neither CTL nor the Depositor shall have selected such Subsequent Receivables
in a manner that it deems is adverse to the interests of holders of the
related Certificates; (iii) as of the respective Cutoff Date for such
Subsequent Receivables, all of the Receivables in the Trust, including the
Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed to the Trust as of such date, must
satisfy the parameters described under "The Receivables Pools" herein and "The
Receivables Pool" in the related Prospectus Supplement; (iv) any required
deposit to any Cash Collateral Account or other similar account shall have
been made; and (v) CTL must execute and deliver to the Depositor, and the
Depositor must execute and deliver to such Trust, a written assignment
conveying such Subsequent Receivables to the Depositor or such Trust, as
applicable. In addition, the conveyance of Subsequent Receivables to a Trust
is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions subsequent, among
others, each of which must be satisfied within the applicable time period
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement: (a) the Depositor must deliver
certain opinions of counsel to the related Trustee with respect to the
validity of the conveyance of the Subsequent Receivables to the Trust; (b) the
Trustee must receive written confirmation from a firm of certified independent
public accountants that, as of the end of the period specified therein, the
Receivables in the Trust, including the Subsequent Receivables, satisfied the
parameters described under "The Receivables Pools" herein and "The Receivables
Pool" in the related Prospectus Supplement; and (c) each of the Rating
Agencies must notify the Depositor in writing that, following the conveyance
of the Subsequent
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
Receivables to the Trust, each class of Certificates will have the same rating
assigned to it by such Rating Agency that it had on the Closing Date. Such
confirmation of the ratings of the Certificates may depend on factors other
than the characteristics of the Subsequent Receivables, including the
delinquency, repossession and net loss experience on the automobile, light
truck, motorcycle and van receivables in the portfolio serviced. If any such
conditions precedent or conditions subsequent are not met with respect to any
Subsequent Receivables within the time period specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, CTL will be required under the related Purchase
Agreement and Pooling and Servicing Agreement to repurchase such Subsequent
Receivables from the related Trust, at a purchase price equal to the related
Purchase Amounts therefor. See "Risk Factors--Sales of Subsequent
Receivables."
 
CUSTODY OF RECEIVABLE FILES
 
  If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, CTL initially will be
appointed to act as custodian for the Receivable files of each Trust. Pursuant
to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, CTL or another institution
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement will agree to hold the
Receivable files on behalf of the related Trust. Any such custodial
arrangement may be terminated by the Trust or any credit enhancer upon the
terms set forth therein. See also "Risk Factors--Insolvency Considerations."
 
  If, through inadvertence or otherwise, any of the Receivables were sold to
another party (or a security interest therein were granted to another party)
that purchased (or took such security interest in) any of such Receivables in
the ordinary course of its business and took possession of such Receivables,
the purchaser (or secured party) would acquire an interest in the Receivables
superior to the interest of the related Trust if the purchaser (or secured
party) acquired (or took a security interest in) the Receivables for new value
and without actual knowledge of such Trust's interest. See "Risk Factors--
Perfection of Security Interests in Connection with the Transfer of
Receivables."
 
ACCOUNTS
   
  Certificate Account. With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will establish
and maintain one or more accounts, in the name of the Trustee on behalf of the
related Certificateholders, into which all payments made on or in respect of
the related Receivables will be deposited and from which all distributions
with respect to the related Certificates will be made (the "Certificate
Account"). The amounts on deposit in the Certificate Account will be invested
by the Trustee in Eligible Investments.     
 
  Payahead Account. If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will establish an additional account (the "Payahead Account"), in the
name of the Trustee and for the benefit of Obligors on the Receivables, into
which, to the extent required by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
Payaheads on Precomputed Receivables will be deposited until such time as the
payment becomes due. Until such time as payments are transferred from the
Payahead Account to the Certificate Account, they will not constitute
collected interest or collected principal and will not be available for
distribution to Certificateholders. The Payahead Account will initially be
maintained with the Trustee. Interest earned on the balance in the Payahead
Account will be remitted to the Servicer monthly. Collections on a Precomputed
Receivable made during a Collection Period shall be applied first to any
overdue scheduled payment on such Receivable, then to the scheduled payment on
such Receivable due in such Collection Period. If any collections remaining
after the scheduled payment is made are insufficient to prepay the Precomputed
Receivable in full, then generally such remaining collections shall be
transferred to and kept in the Payahead Account until such later Collection
Period as the collections may be retransferred to the Certificate Account and
applied either to a later scheduled payment or to prepay such Receivable in
full.
 
  Pre-Funding Account. If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Servicer will establish and maintain an account, in the name of the
related Trustee on behalf of the related Certificateholders, into which the
Depositor will deposit the Pre-Funded Amount on the related Closing Date (the
"Pre-Funding Account"). In no
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
event will the Pre-Funded Amount exceed 25% of the aggregate Certificate
Balance of the related Series of Certificates. The Pre-Funded Amount will be
used by the related Trustee to purchase Subsequent Receivables from the
Depositor from time to time during the Funding Period. The amounts on deposit
in the Pre-Funding Account during the Funding Period will be invested by the
Trustee in Eligible Investments. Any investment income received on the
Eligible Investments during a Collection Period (such amounts, net of any
related investment expenses, "Investment Income") will be included in the
interest distribution amount on the following Distribution Date. The Funding
Period, if any, for a Trust will begin on the related Closing Date and will
end on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, which in no
event will be later than the date that is three calendar months after the
related Closing Date. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the
end of the Funding Period will be distributed to the related
Certificateholders, in the manner and priority specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related
Certificates.
 
  Any other accounts to be established with respect to a Trust, including any
Cash Collateral Account or yield supplement account, will be described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
   
  For each Series of Certificates, funds in the Certificate Account, Pre-
Funding Account and any other account identified as such in the related
Prospectus Supplement (collectively, the "Trust Accounts") will be invested as
provided in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement in Eligible
Investments and any related Investment Income will be distributed as described
herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. "Eligible Investments"
generally will be limited to investments acceptable to the Rating Agencies as
being consistent with the rating of the related Certificates. Except as may be
otherwise indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, Eligible
Investments will include (i) direct obligations of, and obligations guaranteed
by, the United States of America, the Federal National Mortgage Association,
or any instrumentality of the United States of America; (ii) demand and time
deposits in or similar obligations of any depository institution or trust
company (including the Trustee or any agent of the Trustee, acting in their
respective commercial capacities) rated P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's") or A-1+ by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services ("Standard &
Poor's") (an "Approved Rating") or any other deposit which is fully insured by
the FDIC; (iii) repurchase obligations with respect to any security issued or
guaranteed by an instrumentality of the United States of America entered into
with a depository institution or trust company having an Approved Rating
(acting as principal); (iv) short-term corporate securities bearing interest
or sold at a discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of
the United States of America or any State, the short-term unsecured
obligations of which have an Approved Rating, or higher, at the time of such
investment; (v) commercial paper having an Approved Rating at the time of such
investment; (vi) a guaranteed investment contract issued by any insurance
company or other corporation acceptable to the Rating Agencies; (vii)
interests in any money market fund having a rating of Aaa by Moody's or AAAm
by Standard & Poor's; and (viii) any other investment approved in advance in
writing by the Rating Agencies.     
 
  Except as described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement, Eligible
Investments will be limited to obligations or securities that mature on or
before the date of the next scheduled distribution to Certificateholders of
such Series; provided, however, that each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will
generally permit the investment of funds in any Cash Collateral Account or
similar type of credit enhancement account to be invested in Eligible
Investments without the limitation that such Eligible Investments mature not
later than the business day prior to the next succeeding Distribution Date if
(i) the Servicer obtains a liquidity facility or similar arrangement with
respect to such Cash Collateral Account or other account and (ii) each rating
agency that initially rated the related Certificates confirms in writing that
the ratings of such Certificates will not be lowered or withdrawn as a result
of eliminating or modifying such limitation.
 
  The Trust Accounts will be maintained as Eligible Deposit Accounts.
"Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account with an
Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate
trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as
any of the securities of such depository institution has a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories that
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
   
signifies investment grade. "Eligible Institution" means, with respect to a
Trust, (a) the corporate trust department of the related Trustee or (b) a
depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of
America or any one of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any
domestic branch of a foreign bank) (i) which has (A) (1) a long-term unsecured
debt rating of at least Baa3 from Moody's and at least BBB- from Standard &
Poor's and (2) a short term unsecured debt rating of at least P-2 from Moody's
and at least A-2 from Standard & Poor's or (B) is approved by each Rating
Agency and any credit enhancer of the related Series and (ii) whose deposits
are insured by the FDIC.     
 
SERVICING PROCEDURES
 
  The Servicer will make reasonable efforts to collect all payments due with
respect to the Receivables and will, consistent with the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, follow such collection procedures as it follows with
respect to comparable automotive installment contracts that it owns or
services for others. The Servicer will continue to follow such normal
collection practices and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable to
realize upon any Receivables with respect to which the Servicer determines
that eventual payment in full is unlikely. The Servicer may sell the Financed
Vehicle securing such Receivables at a public or private sale, or take any
other action permitted by applicable law.
 
  Consistent with its normal procedures, the Servicer may, in its discretion,
arrange with the Obligor on a Receivable to extend or modify the payment
schedule; if, however, the extension of a payment schedule causes a Receivable
to remain outstanding on the Final Scheduled Maturity Date the Servicer will
purchase such Receivable at the Purchase Amount as of the last day of the
Collection Period preceding such Final Scheduled Distribution Date. In
addition, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will be obligated under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
purchase any Receivable at the Purchase Amount if (i) among other things, the
Servicer reduces the Contract Rate, reduces the amount of the scheduled
monthly payments or reduces the amount financed or fails to maintain a
perfected security interest in the related Financed Vehicle and (ii) the
interest of the Certificateholders in such Receivable is materially and
adversely affected by such action or failure to act of the Servicer. The
Servicer's purchase obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to
the related Certificateholders or Trustee for any such modification of a
Contract.
 
COLLECTIONS
 
  With respect to each Trust, the Servicer will deposit all payments (from
whatever source) on and all proceeds of the related Receivables collected
during a Collection Period into the related Certificate Account not later than
two business days after receipt thereof. However, at any time that and for so
long as (i) CTL is the Servicer, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing with respect to the Servicer and (iii) each other condition
to making deposits less frequently than daily as may be specified by the
Rating Agencies or set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement is
satisfied, the Servicer will not be required to deposit such amounts into the
Certificate Account until on or before the applicable Distribution Date.
Pending deposit into the Certificate Account, collections may be invested by
the Servicer at its own risk and for its own benefit and will not be
segregated from its own funds. If the Servicer were unable to remit such
funds, Certificateholders might incur a loss. To the extent set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may, in order to satisfy the
requirements described above, obtain a letter of credit or other security for
the benefit of the related Trust to secure timely remittances of collections
on the related Receivables and payment of the aggregate Purchase Amounts with
respect to Receivables purchased by the Servicer.
 
  Payaheads on Precomputed Receivables will be transferred from the
Certificate Account and deposited into the Payahead Account for subsequent
transfer to the Certificate Account, as described above under "--Accounts."
 
ADVANCES
 
  If a Receivable is delinquent more than 30 days at the end of a Collection
Period, the Servicer will make an Advance in the amount of 30 days of interest
due on such Receivable, but only to the extent that the Servicer, in
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
its sole discretion, expects to recoup the Advance from subsequent collections
on the Receivable or from withdrawals from any Cash Collateral Account or
other form of credit enhancement. The Servicer will deposit Advances in the
Certificate Account on or prior to the date specified therefor in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If the Servicer determines that reimbursement of an
Advance from subsequent payments on or with respect to the related Receivable
is unlikely, the Servicer may recoup such Advance from insurance proceeds,
collections made on other Receivables or from any other source specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
 
  The Servicer will be entitled to receive a fee with respect to each Trust
(the "Servicing Fee"), equal to one percent (1.00%) per annum (the "Servicing
Fee Rate"), payable monthly at one-twelfth the annual rate, of the related
aggregate Pool Balance. The Servicer also will collect and retain any late
fees, prepayment charges, other administrative fees or similar charges allowed
by applicable law with respect to the Receivables and will be entitled to
reimbursement from each Trust for certain liabilities.
 
  The Servicing Fee will compensate the Servicer for performing the functions
of a third-party servicer of automotive receivables as an agent for the
related Trust, including collecting and posting all payments, making Advances,
responding to inquiries of Obligors on the Receivables, investigating
delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors, and overseeing the
collateral in cases of Obligor default. The Servicing Fee will also compensate
the Servicer for administering the related Receivables Pool, including
accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the
related Trustee with respect to distributions, and generating federal income
tax information for such Trust and for the related Certificateholders. The
Servicing Fee also will reimburse the Servicer for certain taxes, accounting
fees, outside auditor fees, data processing costs, and other costs incurred in
connection with administering the applicable Receivables Pool.
 
DISTRIBUTIONS
 
  With respect to each Series of Certificates, beginning on the Distribution
Date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, distributions of
principal and interest (or, where applicable, of interest only or principal
only) on each class of Certificates entitled thereto will be made by the
related Trustee to the related Certificateholders. The timing, calculation,
allocation, order, source and priorities of, and requirements for, all
distributions to the holders of each class of Certificates will be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
  With respect to each Trust, collections on or with respect to the related
Receivables will be deposited into the related Certificate Account for
distribution to the related Certificateholders on each Distribution Date to
the extent and in the priority provided in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Credit enhancement, such as a Cash Collateral Account or yield supplement
account or other arrangement, may be available to cover shortfalls in the
amount available for distribution on such date to the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. As more fully described in the related
Prospectus Supplement, and unless otherwise specified therein, distributions
in respect of principal of a class of Certificates of a Series will be
subordinate to distributions in respect of interest on such class, and
distributions in respect of one or more classes of Certificates of a Series
may be subordinate to payments in respect of other classes of Certificates.
Distributions of principal on the Certificates of a Series may be based on the
amount of principal collected or due, or the amount of realized losses
incurred, in a Collection Period.
 
CREDIT AND CASH FLOW ENHANCEMENT
 
  The amounts and types of any credit and cash flow enhancement arrangements
and the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class of
Certificates of a Series will be set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
credit or cash flow enhancement may be in the form of subordination of one or
more classes of Certificates, Cash Collateral Accounts, reserve accounts,
yield supplement accounts, spread accounts, letters of credit, surety bonds,
insurance policies, over-collateralization, credit or liquidity facilities,
guaranteed investment contracts, swaps or other interest rate
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
protection agreements, repurchase obligations, other agreements with respect
to third-party payments or other support, cash deposits, or such other
arrangements as may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement, or any
combination of the foregoing. If specified in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement, credit or cash flow enhancement for a class of Certificates may
cover one or more other classes of Certificates of the same Series, and credit
enhancement for a Series of Certificates may cover one or more other Series of
Certificates.
 
  The existence of a Cash Collateral Account or other form of credit
enhancement for the benefit of any class or Series of Certificates is intended
to enhance the likelihood of receipt by the Certificateholders of such class
or Series of the full amount of principal and interest due thereon and to
decrease the likelihood that such Certificateholders will experience losses.
To the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the credit
enhancement for a class or Series of Certificates will not provide protection
against all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of all principal
and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by such
credit enhancement or which are not covered by such credit enhancement,
Certificateholders will bear their allocable share of such losses, as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. In addition, if a form of
credit enhancement covers more than one Series of Certificates,
Certificateholders of any such Series will be subject to the risk that such
credit enhancement may be exhausted by the claims of Certificateholders of
other Series.
 
  Cash Collateral Account. If so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement the
Depositor will establish an account (a "Cash Collateral Account") for a Series
or class or classes of Certificates, which will be maintained with the related
Trustee. To the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Cash
Collateral Account will be funded by an initial deposit by the Depositor on
the Closing Date in the amount set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement
and, if the related Series has a Funding Period, may also be funded on each
Subsequent Transfer Date to the extent described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. As further described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account may be increased or
reinstated on each Distribution Date, to the extent described in the related
Prospectus Supplement, by the deposit thereto of the amount of collections on
the related Receivables remaining on such Distribution Date after the payment
of all other required payments and distributions on such date. The related
Prospectus Supplement will describe the circumstances under which and the
manner in which distributions may be made out of any such Cash Collateral
Account, either to holders of the Certificates covered thereby or to the
Depositor or to any other entity.
 
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
 
  Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that a firm of independent
public accountants will furnish annually to the related Trustee a statement as
to compliance by the Servicer during the preceding twelve months with certain
standards relating to the servicing of the Receivables.
 
  Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will also provide for delivery to the
related Trustee each year of a certificate signed by an officer of the
Servicer stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement throughout the preceding twelve months
or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligation,
describing each such default. The Servicer has agreed or will agree to give
each Trustee notice of Events of Defaults under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. Copies of the foregoing statements and certificates may
be obtained by Certificateholders by a request in writing addressed to the
related Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office for such Trustee specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
 
  Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that CTL may not resign
from its obligations and duties as Servicer thereunder, except upon
determination that CTL's performance of such duties is no longer permissible
under applicable law. Under certain circumstances, CTL may transfer its
obligations and duties as Servicer to a qualified affiliate of Bay View. No
such assignment or resignation will become effective until the
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
related Trustee or a successor servicer has assumed CTL's servicing
obligations and duties under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
 
  Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will further provide that neither the
Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees and agents will be
under any liability to the related Trust or Certificateholders for taking any
action or for refraining from taking any action pursuant to the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or for errors in judgment; provided, however,
that neither the Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any
liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance,
bad faith or negligence in the performance of the Servicer's duties or by
reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties thereunder. In
addition, each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer
is under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that
is not incidental to its servicing responsibilities under such Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and that, in its opinion, may cause it to incur any
expense or liability.
 
  Under the circumstances specified in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
any entity into which CTL may be merged or consolidated, or any entity
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which CTL is a party, or any
entity succeeding to the indirect automobile financing or receivable servicing
business of CTL, which corporation or other entity assumes the obligations of
the Servicer, will be the successor to the Servicer under the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.
 
  CTL has a contract with Norwest Financial Inc., pursuant to which Norwest
Financial Inc. will provide CTL data processing and communication system
services through October, 2001.
 
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
 
  "Events of Default" under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will consist
of: (i) any failure by the Servicer or CTL to deliver to the related Trustee
for distribution to the related Certificateholders any required payment, which
failure continues unremedied for five business days after discovery by an
officer of the Servicer or after written notice to the Servicer of such
failure from the Trustee or holders of the related Certificates evidencing not
less than 25% of the aggregate Certificate Balance (or notional principal
amount, if applicable); (ii) any failure by the Servicer, CTL or the Depositor
duly to observe or perform in any material respect any covenant or agreement
in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Certificates or Purchase
Agreement, which failure materially and adversely affects the rights of the
related Certificateholders and which continues unremedied for 60 days after
written notice of such failure is given (1) to the Servicer, CTL or the
Depositor, as the case may be, by the related Trustee or (2) to the Servicer,
CTL or the Depositor, as the case may be, and to the related Trustee by
holders of the related Certificates evidencing not less than 25% of the
related Certificate Balance (or notional principal amount, if applicable); and
(iii) certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities, or similar proceedings with respect to the Servicer
and certain actions by the Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization
pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings or inability to pay its obligations.
 
RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
 
  As long as an Event of Default under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement remains unremedied, the related Trustee or holders of Certificates
of the related Series evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance
(or notional principal amount, if applicable) may terminate all the rights and
obligations of the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
whereupon a successor Servicer appointed by the related Trustee or such
Trustee will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of
the Servicer under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement and will be entitled
to similar compensation arrangements, provided, however, that if the Trustee
becomes the successor Servicer it will not be subject to all of the
indemnification obligations of the Servicer. In the event that the related
Trustee is unwilling or unable to act as successor to the Servicer, such
Trustee may appoint, or may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to
appoint a successor with assets of at
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
   
least $50,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of
automotive receivables. The related Trustee may arrange for compensation to be
paid to such successor Servicer, which in no event may be greater than the
servicing compensation paid to the Servicer under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. See "Risk Factors--Insolvency Considerations." A credit
enhancement provider may have certain rights upon Event of Default, as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.     
 
WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
 
  Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the related
aggregate Certificate Balance (or notional principal amount, if applicable)
may, on behalf of all such Certificateholders, waive any default by the
Servicer in the performance of its obligations under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and its consequences, except a default in making any
required deposits to or payments from any Account in accordance with the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. No such waiver will impair the
Certificateholders' rights with respect to subsequent Events of Default.
 
AMENDMENT
   
  Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended from time to time by the
Depositor, the Servicer and the related Trustee, without the consent of the
related Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any
provision therein that may be inconsistent with other provisions therein, or
to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
under such Pooling and Servicing Agreement that are not inconsistent with the
provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; provided that such action
shall not, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the related Trustee,
materially and adversely affect the interests of any related
Certificateholder. Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement may also be amended by
the Depositor, the Servicer and the related Trustee with the consent of the
holders of the related Certificates evidencing not less than 51% of the
related aggregate Certificate Balance (and notional principal amount, if
applicable) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of such Certificateholders;
provided, however, that no such amendment may (i) increase or reduce in any
manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of
payments on or in respect of the related Receivables or distributions that are
required to be made for the benefit of such Certificateholders or (ii) reduce
the aforesaid percentage of the Certificate Balance of such Series that is
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the holders
of all of the outstanding Certificates of such Series. Any provision in a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement that imposes unlimited liability on the holder
of a Class IC Certificate and provides for the termination of the related
Trust upon the occurrence of an "Insolvency Event" (as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement) with respect to such holder of the Class IC
Certificate, shall not be amended without the unanimous consent of the Trustee
and all holders of outstanding Certificates of such Series (or unless an
opinion of Counsel is delivered to the effect that such provision is not
required under relevant state law). No amendment of a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement shall be permitted unless an opinion of counsel is delivered to the
Trustee to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect the tax
status of the Trust.     
 
TERMINATION
   
  The obligations of the Servicer, the Depositor and the related Trustee
pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement will terminate upon
the earlier to occur of (i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last
Receivable in the related Receivables Pool and the disposition of any amounts
received upon liquidation of any such remaining Receivables; (ii) the payment
to the related Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and (iii) the occurrence of
certain Insolvency Events, to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement.     
   
  In order to avoid excessive administrative expenses, the Servicer will be
permitted to purchase from each Trust or to cause such Trust to sell all
remaining Receivables in the related Receivables Pool as of the end of any
Collection Period, if the Certificate Balance as of the Distribution Date
following such Collection Period would be less than or equal to 10% of the
initial aggregate Certificate Balance, at a purchase price equal to the fair
market value of such Receivables, but not less than the sum of (x) the
outstanding Pool Balance and     
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
   
(y) accrued and unpaid interest on such amount computed at a rate equal to the
weighted average Contract Rate, minus any amount representing payments received
on the Receivables and not yet applied to reduce the principal balance thereof
or interest related thereto. To the extent there is an interest only class of
Strip Certificates offered under the related Prospectus Supplement, the right
to purchase the remaining Receivables will be contingent on the reduction to
zero of the notional amount of such class.     
 
  If and to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
related Trustee may, within ten days following a Distribution Date as of which
the Pool Balance is equal to or less than 10% of the original Pool Balance,
solicit bids for the purchase of the Receivables remaining in such Trust, in
the manner and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in such Prospectus
Supplement. If such Trustee receives satisfactory bids as described in such
Prospectus Supplement, then the Receivables remaining in such Trust will be
sold to the highest bidder at a purchase price equal to the fair market value
of such Receivables, but not less than the sum of (x) the outstanding Pool
Balance and (y) accrued and unpaid interest on such amount computed at a rate
equal to the weighted average Contract Rate, minus any amount representing
payments received on the Receivables and not yet applied to reduce the
principal balance thereof or interest related thereto.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
 
                   CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
 
SECURITY INTERESTS IN VEHICLES
 
  Installment sale contracts such as those included in the Receivables
evidence the credit sale of automobiles, light trucks, recreational vehicles,
motorcycles and vans by dealers to obligors; the contracts and the installment
loan and security agreements also constitute personal property security
agreements and include grants of security interests in the vehicles under the
UCC. Perfection of security interests in the vehicles is generally governed by
the motor vehicle registration laws of the state in which the vehicle is
located. In all of the States where CTL currently acquires or originates
Receivables, a security interest in a vehicle is perfected by notation of the
secured party's lien on the vehicle's certificate of title. A majority of the
Receivables are currently originated in California and Texas. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with respect to the
Receivables, the lien is or will be perfected in the name of CTL. Each
Receivable prohibits the sale or transfer of the Financed Vehicle without the
lienholder's consent.
 
  Pursuant to each Purchase Agreement, CTL will assign its security interests
in the Financed Vehicles to the Depositor along with the Receivables. Pursuant
to each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor will assign its
security interests in the Financed Vehicles to the related Trustee along with
the Receivables. Because of the administrative and quality control concerns
related to the retitling of a large amount of certificates of title and
related fees and expenses of each state's Department of Motor Vehicles,
neither the Depositor nor the related Trustee will amend any certificate of
title to identify itself as the secured party.
 
  In most states, including California, an assignment such as that under a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement should be an effective conveyance of a
security interest without amendment of any lien noted on a vehicle's
certificate of title, and the assignee succeeds thereby to the assignor's
rights as secured party. In certain other states, the laws governing
certificates of title are silent on the question of the effect of an
assignment on the continued validity and perfection of a security interest in
vehicles. However, with respect to security interests perfected by a central
filing, the UCC in these states provides that a security interest continues to
be valid and perfected even though the security interest has been assigned to
a third party and no amendments or other filings are made to reflect the
assignment. An official comment to the UCC states that this rule should
control a security interest in a vehicle which is perfected by the notation of
the lien on the certificate of title. Although the comment does not have the
force of law, official comments are typically given substantial weight by the
courts.
 
  Other states, including Texas, have statutory provisions that address or
could be interpreted as addressing assignments. However, nearly all of these
statutory provisions either do not require compliance with the procedure
outlined to insure the continued validity and perfection of the lien or are
ambiguous (including Texas) on the issue of whether the procedure must be
followed. Under the official comment noted above, if these procedures for
noting an assignee's name on a certificate of title are determined to be
merely permissive in nature, the procedures would not have to be followed as a
condition to the continued validity and perfection of the security interest.
 
  By not identifying the Trust as the secured party on the certificate of
title, the security interest of the Trust in the vehicle could be defeated
through fraud or negligence. In the absence of fraud or forgery by the vehicle
owner or CTL, or administrative error by state or local agencies, the notation
of CTL's lien on the certificates should be sufficient to protect the Trust
against the right of subsequent purchasers of a vehicle or subsequent lenders
who take a security interest in a vehicle securing a Receivable. If there are
any vehicles as to which CTL failed to obtain a perfected security interest,
its security interest would be subordinate to, among others, subsequent
purchasers of the vehicles and holders of perfected security interests. Such a
failure, however, would constitute a breach of warranties under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Purchase Agreement and would create an
obligation of CTL to repurchase the related Receivable, unless such breach
were cured in a timely manner. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing
Agreements--Sale and Assignment of Receivables."
 
  Under the laws of most states, including California and Texas, the perfected
security interest in a vehicle continues for four months after a vehicle is
moved to a state other than the state which issued the certificate of title
and thereafter until the vehicle owner re-registers the vehicle in the new
state. A majority of states, including
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
California and Texas, require surrender of a certificate of title to re-
register a vehicle. Since CTL will have its lien noted on the certificates of
title and the Servicer will retain possession of the certificates issued by
most states in which Receivables were or will be originated, the Servicer
would ordinarily learn of an attempt at re-registration through the request
from the obligor to surrender possession of the certificate of title or would
receive notice of surrender from the state of re-registration since the
security interest would be noted on the certificate of title. Thus, the
secured party would have the opportunity to re-perfect its security interest
in the vehicle in the state of relocation. In states that do not require a
certificate of title for registration of a motor vehicle, re-registration
could defeat perfection.
 
  In the ordinary course of servicing receivables, the Servicer takes steps to
effect re-perfection upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information
from the obligor as to relocation. Similarly, when an obligor sells a vehicle,
the Servicer must surrender possession of the certificate of title or will
receive notice as a result of CTL's lien noted thereon and accordingly will
have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the related Receivable before
release of the lien. Under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer
is obligated to take appropriate steps, at its own expense, to maintain
perfection of security interests in the Financed Vehicles.
 
  Under the laws of most states, including California and Texas, liens for
repairs performed on a motor vehicle and liens for unpaid taxes would take
priority over even a perfected security interest in a Financed Vehicle. In
some states, a perfected security interest in a Financed Vehicle may take
priority over liens for repairs.
 
  CTL will represent and warrant in each Purchase Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement that, as of the date of issuance of the Certificates, each
security interest in a Financed Vehicle is or will be prior to all other
present liens (other than tax liens and liens that arise by operation of law)
upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle. However, liens for
repairs or taxes could arise at any time during the term of a Receivable. No
notice will be given to the Trustee or Certificateholders in the event such a
lien arises.
 
REPOSSESSION
 
  In the event of a default by vehicle purchasers, the holder of a retail
installment sale contract or an installment loan and security agreement has
all of the remedies of a secured party under the UCC, except where
specifically limited by other state laws. The remedy employed by the Servicer
in most cases of default is self-help repossession and is accomplished simply
by taking possession of the Financed Vehicle. The self-help repossession
remedy is available under the UCC in most of the states, including California
and Texas, in which Receivables have been or will be originated as long as the
repossession can be accomplished without a breach of the peace.
 
  In cases where the obligor objects or raises a defense to repossession, or
if otherwise required by applicable state law, a court order must be obtained
from the appropriate state court. The vehicle must then be repossessed in
accordance with that order.
 
NOTICE OF SALE; REDEMPTION RIGHTS
 
  In the event of default by an obligor, some jurisdictions (not including
California or Texas) require that the obligor be notified of the default and
be given a time period within which the obligor may cure the default prior to
repossession. The written terms of the Receivables, however, may require such
notice. Generally, this right of reinstatement may be exercised on a limited
number of occasions in any one-year period.
 
  The UCC and other state laws require the secured party to provide an obligor
with reasonable notice of the date, time and place of any public sale and/or
the date after which any private sale of the collateral may be held. The
obligor generally has the right to redeem the collateral prior to actual sale
by paying the secured party the unpaid principal balance of the obligation
plus reasonable expenses for repossessing, holding, and preparing the
collateral for disposition and arranging for its sale, and, to the extent
provided in the related retail installment sale contract, and, as permitted by
law, reasonable attorneys' fees.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
DEFICIENCY JUDGMENTS AND EXCESS PROCEEDS
 
  The proceeds of resale of the vehicles generally will be applied first to
the expenses of resale and repossession and then to the satisfaction of the
indebtedness. If the net proceeds from resale do not cover the full amount of
the indebtedness, a deficiency judgment may be sought. However, the deficiency
judgment would be a personal judgment against the obligor for the shortfall,
and a defaulting obligor can be expected to have very little capital or
sources of income available following repossession. Therefore, in many cases,
it may not be useful to seek a deficiency judgment or, if one is obtained, it
may be settled at a significant discount.
 
  Occasionally, after resale of a vehicle and payment of all expenses and all
indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC requires the
lender to remit the surplus to any holder of a lien with respect to the
vehicle or if no such lienholder exists, the UCC requires the lender to remit
the surplus to the former owner of the vehicle.
 
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
 
  Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws and related regulations
impose substantial requirements upon lenders and servicers involved in
consumer finance. These laws include the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal
Credit Opportunity Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Fair Credit
Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices
Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B
and Z, state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of the Uniform
Consumer Credit Code and state motor vehicle retail installment sales acts,
and other similar laws. Also, state laws impose finance charge ceilings and
other restrictions on consumer transactions and require contract disclosures
in addition to those required under federal law. Those requirements impose
specific statutory liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their
provisions. In some cases, this liability could affect an assignee's ability
to enforce consumer finance contracts such as the Receivables.
 
  The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade Commission
(the "FTC Rule"), the provisions of which are generally duplicated by the
Uniform Consumer Credit Code, other state statutes, or the common laws in
certain states, has the effect of subjecting a seller (and certain related
lenders and their assignees) in a consumer credit transaction and any assignee
of the seller to all claims and defenses that the obligor in the transaction
could assert against the seller of the goods. Liability under the FTC Rule is
limited to the amounts paid by the obligor under the contract, and the holder
of the contract may also be unable to collect any balance remaining due
thereunder from the obligor. Most of the Receivables will be subject to the
requirements of the FTC Rule. Accordingly, the Trustee, as holder of the
Receivables, will be subject to any claims or defenses that the purchaser of
the related financed vehicle may assert against the seller of the vehicle.
Such claims are limited to a maximum liability equal to the amounts paid by
the Obligor on the Receivable.
 
  Under most state motor vehicle dealer licensing laws, including California
and Texas, dealers of motor vehicles are required to be licensed to sell motor
vehicles at retail sale. In addition, with respect to used vehicles, the
Federal Trade Commission's Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles requires that all
sellers of used vehicles prepare, complete and display a "Buyer's Guide" which
explains the warranty coverage for such vehicles. Furthermore, Federal
Odometer Regulations promulgated under the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost
Savings Act requires that all sellers of used vehicles furnish a written
statement signed by the seller certifying the accuracy of the odometer
reading. If a seller is not properly licensed or if either a Buyer's Guide or
Odometer Disclosure Statement was not provided to the purchaser of the related
financed vehicle, the obligor may be able to assert a defense against the
seller of the vehicle. If an Obligor were successful in asserting any such
claim or defense, such claim or defense would constitute a breach of CTL's
representations and warranties under each Purchase Agreement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and would create an obligation of CTL to make certain
indemnities and repurchase the Receivable unless such breach were cured in a
timely manner. See "Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale
and Assignment of Receivables."
 
  Courts have applied general equitable principles to secured parties pursuing
repossession or litigation involving deficiency balances. These equitable
principles may have the effect of relieving an obligor from some or all of the
legal consequences of a default.
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
  In several cases, consumers have asserted that the self-help remedies of
secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protections provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the
United States. Courts have generally upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale
by the creditor do not involve sufficient state action to afford
constitutional protection to consumers.
 
  CTL will represent and warrant in each Purchase Agreement that each
Receivable complies with all requirements of law in all material respects.
Accordingly, if an Obligor has a claim against a Trust for violation of any
law and such claim materially and adversely affects the Trust's interest in a
Receivable, such violation would constitute a breach of CTL's representations
and warranties under the Purchase Agreement and would create an obligation of
CTL to repurchase such Receivable unless the breach were cured. See
"Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements--Sale and Assignment of
Receivables."
 
OTHER LIMITATIONS
 
  In addition to the laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including federal bankruptcy laws and
related state laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of a lender to
realize upon collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment. For example, in a
Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy law, a court may prevent a
lender from repossessing an automobile, and, as part of the rehabilitation
plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market value of the
automobile at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court), leaving the
party providing financing as a general unsecured creditor for the remainder of
the indebtedness. A bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly payments due
under a contract or change the rate of interest and time of repayment of the
indebtedness.
 
                        FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
  The following general discussion of the anticipated material United States
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
Certificates, to the extent it relates to matters of law or legal conclusions
with respect to the Trust being classified as a partnership represents the
opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., counsel to the Depositor, subject
to the assumptions or qualifications set forth herein. The discussion is
directed to investors who will hold the Certificates as "capital assets"
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1996, as
amended (the "Code") and does not purport to discuss all federal income taxes
that may be applicable to the individual circumstances of particular investors
which, or categories of holders (such as insurance companies, regulated
investment companies or dealers in securities) who, may be subject to special
rules under the Code. Further, the authorities on which this discussion, and
the opinion as to partnership classification referred to below, are based are
subject to change or potential differing interpretations which could apply
retroactively. Prospective investors should note that no rulings have been or
will be sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") with respect to
any of the United States federal income tax consequences discussed below and
no assurance can be given that the IRS will not take contrary positions.
Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns should be aware that under applicable
Treasury regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law is not
considered an income tax return preparer unless the advice (i) is given with
respect to events that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered and is
not given with respect to the consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii)
is directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax return.
Accordingly, prospective investors should consult their tax advisors and tax
return preparers regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even
where the anticipated tax treatment is discussed herein. In addition to the
United States federal income tax consequences described herein, prospective
investors are advised to consider the state, local, foreign and other tax
consequences that may be applicable to them in connection with the purchase,
ownership and disposition of Certificates. Certificate Owners are advised to
consult their tax advisors concerning all tax consequences applicable to them
(including federal, state, local, foreign or other tax consequences) arising
from the purchase, ownership and disposition of Certificates.
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
  Prior to the issuance of any Certificates by each Trust, an opinion of
counsel to the Depositor will be delivered as to whether the Trust will be
classified as a partnership or as a grantor trust for United States federal
income tax purposes. The tax opinion as to partnership classification will be
the same or substantially the same as the Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
opinion set forth under the heading "Tax Characterization of the Trust as a
Partnership" in this Prospectus. Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has agreed to
deliver a tax opinion, based upon the assumption that current tax laws and
interpretations thereof shall continue in full force and effect without
modification, to the effect that if the Trust is not classified as a
partnership for tax purposes, it will be classified as a grantor trust for
United States federal income tax purposes. For purposes of the discussion set
forth herein, references to the Trust, the Certificates and related terms,
parties and documents shall be deemed to refer, unless otherwise specified
herein, to each Trust and Certificates and the related terms, parties and
documents applicable to such Trust.
 
  As discussed below, the United States federal income tax consequences to
Certificate Owners will vary depending on whether the Trust is treated as a
partnership or whether the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust under the
Code. The Prospectus Supplement for each Series of Certificates will specify
whether the Trust will be treated as a partnership (not taxable as a
corporation) or a grantor trust. In addition, a copy of the tax opinion of
Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., counsel to the Depositor, with respect to
each Trust will be filed by the Depositor with the Commission on a Current
Report on Form 8-K within 15 days after the Closing Date for the Series of
Certificates issued by such Trust.
 
                TRUSTS FOR WHICH A PARTNERSHIP ELECTION IS MADE
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST AS A PARTNERSHIP
 
  In the opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., under current law, the
Trust will not be classified as an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for United States federal income tax
purposes. This opinion is based on the assumption that the terms of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and related documents will be complied with,
and that (i) the Trust will make a proper election not to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation pursuant to the final "check-the-box"
regulations issued by the Department of the Treasury on December 17, 1996 and
effective as of January 1, 1997, by timely filing Form 8832--Entity
Classification Election, with the appropriate IRS service center as further
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and (ii) the nature of the
income of the Trust will exempt it from the rule that certain publicly traded
partnerships are taxable as corporations.
 
  As a result of the Trust's tax classification, each Certificate Owner will
be required to include in its gross income its pro rata share of the original
issue discount accrued with respect to the Receivables whether or not cash is
actually distributed to the Certificate Owner. See "--Discussion of Tax
Consequences to Holders of the Certificates--Discount and Premium" and "Trusts
Treated As Grantor Trusts--Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons--Original Issue
Discount."
 
DISCUSSION OF TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
  Treatment of the Trust as a Partnership. The Depositor and the Servicer will
agree, and the related Certificate Owners will agree by their purchase of
Certificates, to treat the Trust as a partnership for purposes of federal and
state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax measured in whole or in part
by income, with the assets of the partnership being the assets held by the
Trust, the partners of the partnership being the Certificate Owners (including
the holder of the Class IC Certificate). Although the proper characterization
of the arrangement involving the Trust, the Certificates, the Depositor and
the Servicer is not certain because there is no authority on transactions
closely comparable to that contemplated herein, the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will provide that an election to treat the Trust as a
partnership shall be made under the "check-the-box" procedure described above
under "Tax Characterization of the Trust as a Partnership."
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
  Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the Trust will not be subject to
federal income tax. Rather, each Certificate Owner will be required to
separately take into account such holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the Trust. The Trust's income will consist
primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the related Receivables
(including appropriate adjustments for market discount, original issue
discount ("OID") and bond premium) and any gain upon collection or disposition
of such Receivables. The Trust's deductions will consist primarily of
servicing and other fees, and losses or deductions upon collection or
disposition of Receivables.
 
  The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (i.e., the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and related documents). The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will provide, in general, that the Certificate Owners will
be allocated taxable income of the Trust for each month equal to the sum of:
(i) the interest that accrues on the Certificates in accordance with their
terms for such month, including interest accruing at the related Pass-Through
Rate for such month and interest, if any, on amounts previously due on the
Certificates but not yet distributed; (ii) any Trust income attributable to
discount on the related Receivables that corresponds to any excess of the
principal amount of the Certificates over their initial issue price; (iii) any
other amounts of income payable to the Certificate Owners for such month; and
(iv) in the case of an individual, such Certificate Owner's share of income
corresponding to the miscellaneous itemized deductions described in the next
paragraph. Such allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the Trust of
premium on Receivables that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of
Certificates over their principal amount. It is anticipated that all remaining
taxable income of the Trust will be allocated to the Class IC
Certificateholder. In the event the Trust issues interest-only Class I
Certificates, the amount allocated to such Certificate Owners will equal the
excess of (i) the Class I Pass-Through Rate times the Notional Principal
Amount for such month over (ii) the portion of the amount distributed with
respect to the Class I Certificates for such month that would constitute a
return of basis if the Class I Certificates constituted an instrument
described in Section 860G(a)(1)(B)(ii) of the Code, applying the principles of
Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code and employing the constant yield method of
accrual (utilizing the appropriate prepayment assumption); provided, that no
negative accruals shall be permitted, and, provided further, that other
deductions derived by the Trust equal to the aggregate remaining capital
account balances of the Class I Certificate Owners will be allocated to the
Class I Certificates in proportion to the respective capital account balances
immediately before the final redemption.
 
  An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the Trust (including fees to
the Servicer, but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. Such deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or
in part and might result in such holder being taxed on an amount of income
that exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to such holder over the
life of the Trust. Any net loss of the Trust will be allocated first to the
Class IC Certificateholder to the extent of its adjusted capital account and
then to the other Certificate Owners in the priorities set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement to the extent of their respective adjusted
capital accounts, and thereafter to the Class IC Certificateholder.
 
  The Trust intends to make all calculations relating to market discount
income and amortization of premium with respect to both Simple Interest
Receivables and Precomputed Receivables on an aggregate basis rather than a
Receivable-by-Receivable basis. If the IRS were to require that such
calculations be made separately for each Receivable, the Trust might be
required to incur additional expense, but it is believed that there would not
be a material adverse effect on Certificate Owners.
 
  Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Receivables were not issued
with OID, and, therefore, the Trust should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the Trust for the related Receivables may be greater or
less than the remaining principal balance of the Receivables at the time of
purchase. If so, the Receivables will have been acquired at a premium or
discount, as the case may be. (As indicated above, the Trust will make this
calculation on an aggregate basis, but might be required to recompute it on a
Receivable-by-Receivable basis.)
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
  If the Trust acquires the related Receivables at a market discount or
premium, it will elect to include any such discount in income currently as it
accrues over the life of such Receivables or to offset any such premium
against interest income on such Receivables. As indicated above, a portion of
such market discount income or premium deduction may be allocated to
Certificate Owners.
 
  Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sold or exchanged within a 12-
month period. If such a termination occurs, the Trust will be considered to
distribute its assets to the partners, who would then be treated as
recontributing those assets to the Trust, as a new partnership. The Trust will
not comply with certain technical requirements that might apply when such a
constructive termination occurs. As a result, the Trust may be subject to
certain tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is required to
comply with those requirements. Furthermore, the Trust might not be able to
comply due to lack of data. Under proposed Treasury regulations, the foregoing
treatment would be replaced by new rules under which a 50% or greater
transfer, as described above, would cause a deemed contribution of the assets
of the Trust to a new partnership in exchange for interests in the Trust. Such
interests in a new partnership would be deemed distributed to the partners of
the Trust in liquidation thereof, which would not constitute a sale or
exchange. It is not known when or whether such proposed Treasury regulations
will become effective.
 
  Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of Certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the Certificates
sold. A Certificate Owner's tax basis in a Certificate will generally equal
the holder's cost increased by the holder's share of Trust income (includible
in income) and decreased by any distributions received with respect to such
Certificate. In addition, both the tax basis in the Certificates and the
amount realized on a sale of a Certificate would include the holder's share of
the liabilities of the Trust. A holder acquiring Certificates at different
prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in
such Certificates and, upon sale or other disposition of some of the
Certificates, to allocate a portion of such aggregate tax basis to the
Certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each
Certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that
Certificate).
 
  Any gain on the sale of a Certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the related Receivables would
generally be treated as ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to
special tax reporting requirements. The Trust does not expect to have any
other assets that would give rise to such special reporting requirements.
Thus, to avoid those special reporting requirements, the Trust will elect to
include market discount in income as it accrues.
 
  If a Certificate Owner is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the Certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, such excess will generally give rise
to a capital loss upon the retirement of the Certificates.
 
  Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the Trust's
taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items for a
particular calendar month will be apportioned among the Certificate Owners in
proportion to the principal amount of Certificates (or notional principal
amount, in the case of any interest only Certificates) owned by them as of the
close of the last day of such month. As a result, a holder purchasing
Certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability
and tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
 
  The use of such a monthly convention may not be permitted by existing
regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or
losses of the Trust might be reallocated among the Certificate Owners. The
Class IC Certificateholder, acting as tax matters partner for the Trust, will
be authorized to revise the Trust's method of allocation between transferors
and transferees to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
  Section 754 Election. In the event that a Certificate Owner sells its
Certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing Certificate Owner will have a
higher (lower) basis in the Certificates than the selling Certificate Owner
had. The tax basis of the Trust's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis unless the Trust were to file an election under
Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities
that would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as
potentially onerous information reporting requirements, the Trust will not
make such election. As a result, Certificate Owners might be allocated a
greater or lesser amount of Trust income than would be appropriate based on
their own purchase price for Certificates.
 
  Administrative Matters. The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the Trust. Such books will be maintained for
financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis, and the fiscal year
of the Trust is expected to be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a
partnership information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable
year of the Trust and will report each Certificate Owner's allocable share of
items of Trust income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The
Trust will provide the Schedule K-l information to nominees that fail to
provide the Trust with the information statement described below and such
nominees will be required to forward such information to the beneficial owners
of the Certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are
consistent with the information return filed by the Trust or be subject to
penalties unless the holder notifies the IRS of all such inconsistencies.
 
  Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds Certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the Trust
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the beneficial
owners and the Certificates so held. Such information includes (i) the name,
address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee and (ii) as to each
beneficial owner (a) the name, address and identification number of such
person, (b) whether such person is a United States person, a tax-exempt entity
or a foreign government, an international organization, or any wholly owned
agency or instrumentality of either of the foregoing, and (c) certain
information on Certificates that were held, bought or sold on behalf of such
person throughout the year. In addition, brokers and financial institutions
that hold Certificates through a nominee are required to furnish directly to
the Trust information as to themselves and their ownership of Certificates. A
clearing agency registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not
required to furnish any such information statement to the Trust. The
information referred to above for any calendar year must be furnished to the
Trust on or before the following January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial
institutions that fail to provide the Trust with the information described
above may be subject to penalties.
 
  The Class IC Certificateholder or the party named in the related Prospectus
Supplement will be designated as the tax matters partner for each Trust in the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, as such, will be responsible for
representing the Certificate Owners in any dispute with the IRS. The Code
provides for administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership
were a separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations
for partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on
which the partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination
following an audit of the return of the Trust by the appropriate taxing
authorities could result in an adjustment of the returns of the Certificate
Owners, and, under certain circumstances, a Certificate Owner may be precluded
from separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the Trust. An
adjustment could also result in an audit of a Certificate Owner's returns and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the Trust.
 
  Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificate Owners. It is not clear whether the
Trust would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for purposes of federal withholding taxes with respect to non-U.S.
persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue under
facts substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not
expected that the Trust would be engaged in a trade or business in the United
States for such purposes, the Trust will withhold as if it were so engaged in
order to protect the Trust from possible adverse consequences of a failure to
withhold. The Trust expects to withhold on the portion of its taxable income
that is allocable to foreign Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 1446 of
the Code, as if such income were effectively connected to a U.S. trade or
business, at a rate of 35% for foreign holders that are
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all other foreign holders. Subsequent
adoption of Treasury regulations or the issuance of other administrative
pronouncements may require the Trust to change its withholding procedures. In
determining a holder's withholding status, the Trust may rely on IRS Form W-8,
IRS Form W-9 or the holder's certification of nonforeign status signed under
penalties of perjury.
 
  Each foreign holder might be required to file a U.S. individual or corporate
income tax return (including, in the case of a corporation, the branch profits
tax) on its share of the Trust's income. Each foreign holder must obtain a
taxpayer identification number from the IRS and submit that number to the
Trust on Form W-8 in order to assure appropriate crediting of the taxes
withheld. A foreign holder generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a
claim for refund with respect to taxes withheld by the Trust, taking the
position that no taxes were due because the Trust was not engaged in a U.S.
trade or business. However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a
Certificate Owner who is a foreign person generally will be considered
guaranteed payments to the extent such payments are determined without regard
to the income of the Trust. If these interest payments are properly
characterized as guaranteed payments, then the interest will not be considered
"portfolio interest". As a result, Certificate Owners will be subject to
United States federal income tax and withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent,
unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable treaty. In such case, a
foreign holder would only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of
the taxes in excess of the taxes that should be withheld with respect to the
guaranteed payments.
 
  Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the Certificates and proceeds from
the sale of the Certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax of
31% if, in general, the Certificate Owner fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.
 
                       TRUSTS TREATED AS GRANTOR TRUSTS
 
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF GRANTOR TRUSTS
 
  If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, Silver, Freedman & Taff,
L.L.P. will deliver its opinion that the Trust will not be classified as an
association taxable as a corporation and that such Trust will be classified as
a grantor trust under subpart E, Part I of subchapter J of the Code. In this
case, beneficial owners of Certificates (referred to herein as "Grantor Trust
Certificateholders") will be treated for federal income tax purposes as owners
of a portion of the Trust's assets as described below. The Certificates issued
by a Trust that is treated as a grantor trust are referred to herein as
"Grantor Trust Certificates."
 
DISCUSSION OF TAX CONSEQUENCES TO HOLDERS OF THE CERTIFICATES
 
  Characterization. Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be treated as
the beneficial owner of a pro rata undivided interest in the interest and
principal portions of the Trust represented by the Grantor Trust Certificates
and will be considered the equitable owner of a pro rata undivided interest in
each of the Receivables in the Trust. Any amounts received by a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder in lieu of amounts due with respect to any Receivable
because of a default or delinquency in payment will be treated for federal
income tax purposes as having the same character as the payments they replace.
To the extent a particular Series provides for a Yield Supplement Account,
each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will also be treated as the beneficial
owner of a pro rata undivided interest in a contractual obligation of the
Depositor to pay interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rates on the Grantor
Trust Certificateholders' respective undivided interests in the Receivables
for which the Note Rate is less than the sum of (i) the initial weighted
average of the applicable Pass-Through Rates and (ii) the per annum rate used
to calculate the Monthly Servicing Fee (such obligation, the "Yield Supplement
Agreement"). In such case, however the Service could assert that the
Certificates represent indebtedness of the Depositor either in their entirety
or in an amount corresponding to the principal amount of the Receivables that
are covered by the Yield Supplement Agreement for federal income tax purposes.
The Depositor believes that, except as noted below, such a determination would
not have a materially different effect on the timing or character of taxable
income to Grantor Trust Certificateholders.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
  Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder must allocate the amount it pays for
its Grantor Trust Certificate between its interest in the Receivables and its
interest in the other assets of the Trust, including, in particular, the Yield
Supplement Agreement. Such allocation must be made based on the relative fair
market values of the Receivables and the Yield Supplement Agreement. Because
the Yield Supplement Deposit is not expected to be significant relative to the
Certificate Principal Balance as of the Cutoff Date and because of the
expected amortization method of reporting amounts received pursuant to the
Yield Supplement Agreement (described below under "Yield Supplement
Agreement"), such allocation will not be provided separately in reports to
Grantor Trust Certificateholders. As further described below, a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder would calculate separately its income realized with respect
to the Receivables and its income with respect to the Yield Supplement
Agreement.
 
  Each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be required to report on its
federal income tax return in accordance with such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's method of accounting its pro rata share of the entire
income from the Receivables in the Trust represented by Grantor Trust
Certificates, including interest, OID, if any, prepayment fees, assumption
fees, any gain recognized upon an assumption and late payment charges received
by the Servicer, and its share of the income portion of payments on the Yield
Supplement Agreement (as discussed below under "Yield Supplement Agreement").
The portion of each monthly payment to a Grantor Trust Certificateholder that
is allocable to principal on the Receivables will represent a return of
capital (other than accrued market discount not yet reported as income), and
there will be a corresponding reduction in the tax basis of such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's undivided interest in the Receivables. Grantor Trust
Certificateholders also will be entitled to amortize their basis in the
Grantor Trust Certificates allocated to the Yield Supplement Agreement under
one of the methods described below under "Yield Supplement Agreement."
 
  Under Code Sections 162 or 212, each Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be
entitled to deduct, consistent with its method of accounting, its pro rata
share of servicing fees, prepayment fees, assumption fees and late payment
charges retained by the Servicer, provided that such amounts are reasonable
compensation for services rendered to the Trust. Code Section 67 provides,
however, that if a Grantor Trust Certificateholder is an individual, estate,
or trust, the deduction for its pro rata share of such fees will be allowed
only to the extent that all of its miscellaneous itemized deductions,
including its share of such fees will be allowed only to the extent that all
of its miscellaneous itemized deductions, including its share of such fees,
exceed 2% of its adjusted gross income. In addition, Code Section 68 provides
that itemized deductions otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an
individual taxpayer will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess, if
any, of adjusted gross income over $100,000 ($50,000 in the case of a married
individual filing a separate return) (subject to adjustment for inflation) or
(ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such
year. To the extent either of such limitations apply, such Grantor Trust
Certificateholder may have gross income in excess of interest received in cash
without a corresponding deduction.
 
  A Grantor Trust Certificateholder using the cash method of accounting must
take into account its pro rata share of income and deductions as and when
collected by or paid to the Servicer. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder using
an accrual method of accounting must take into account its pro rata share of
income and deductions as they become due or are paid to the Servicer,
whichever is earlier. If the servicing fees paid to the Servicer are deemed to
exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount of such excess could be
considered as an ownership interest retained by the Servicer (or any person to
whom the Servicer assigned for value all or a portion of the servicing fees)
in a portion of the interest payments on the Receivables. The Receivables
would then be subject to the "coupon stripping" rules of the Code discussed
below.
 
  For federal income tax purposes, the outstanding principal balance of each
Rule of 78's Receivable as of the Cutoff Date is based on the Rule of 78's
(the "Cutoff Date Scheduled Balance"). Because the Rule of 78's allocates a
greater portion of the early payments on a Rule of 78's Receivable to interest
than the actuarial method, the Cutoff Date Scheduled Balance of each Rule of
78's Receivable exceeds the amount that would have been its principal balance
as of the Cutoff Date if each Rule of 78's Receivable had been amortized from
origination under the actuarial method (such amount, the "Cutoff Date
Actuarial Balance"). The purchase price paid by Grantor Trust
Certificateholders for each Rule of 78's Receivable will reflect the Cutoff
Date Actuarial Balance.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  The proper tax method for accounting for the Rule of 78's Receivables is
uncertain. As described above, the Servicer and the Trustee intend to report
income to Grantor Trust Certificateholders based on the actuarial method.
However, prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to whether
they may be required or permitted to use the Rule of 78's method to account
for interest on the Rule of 78's Receivables. A Grantor Trust
Certificateholder will be furnished information for federal income tax
purposes enabling him to report interest on the Rule of 78's Receivables,
under the Rule of 78's method of accounting only upon written request to the
Trustee, and payment of the costs of producing such information. In the event
that a Grantor Trust Certificateholder reports taxable income based on the
Rule of 78's method, such Grantor Trust Certificateholder should consult his
or her tax advisor as to the application of the original issue and market
discount rules with respect to the Rule of 78's Receivables.
 
  If a Rule of 78's Receivable is prepaid in full, any amount collected from
the Obligor pursuant to the Rule of 78's Receivable in excess of the principal
balance thereof and accrued interest thereon, computed using an actuarial
method, will be paid to the Servicer. Such amount may be treated as additional
income in the nature of a prepayment penalty to a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder who had reported income with respect to the Rule of 78's
Receivables on the actuarial method, and would be deductible only to the
extent described above. Alternatively, such amount might be treated as an
interest in the Rule of 78's Receivables retained by the Servicer, in which
event it would not be included in a Grantor Trust Certificateholder's income.
 
STRIPPED BONDS AND STRIPPED COUPONS
 
  Original Issue Discount. Although the tax treatment of stripped bonds is not
entirely clear, based on guidance by the IRS, it appears that each purchaser
of a Grantor Trust Certificate will be treated as the purchaser of a stripped
bond, which generally should be treated as a single debt instrument issued on
the day it is purchased for purposes of calculating any original issue
discount. Generally, under applicable Treasury regulations (the "Section 1286
Treasury Regulations"), if the discount on a stripped bond is larger than a de
minimis amount (as calculated for purposes of the OID rules of the Code) such
stripped bond will be considered to have been issued with OID. For these
purposes, OID is the excess of the "stated redemption price at maturity"
(generally, principal and any interest which is not "qualified stated
interest") of a debt instrument over its issue price. Based on the preamble to
the Section 1286 Treasury Regulations, although the matter is not entirely
clear, the interest income on the Certificates at the sum of the Pass-Through
Rate and the portion of the Servicing Fee Rate that does not constitute excess
servicing should be treated as "qualified stated interest" within the meaning
of the Section 1286 Treasury Regulations and such income will be so treated in
the Trustee's tax information reporting. It is possible that the treatment
described in this paragraph will apply only to that portion of the Receivables
in a particular trust as to which there is "excess servicing" and that the
remainder of such Receivables will not be treated as stripped bonds, but as
undivided interests as described above.
 
  If the allocable purchase price paid by a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
who purchases a Grantor Trust Certificate in its original public offering
equals the portion of the principal balance of the Receivables that is
allocable to its Grantor Trust Certificate, or is less than such principal
balance by a statutorily defined de minimis amount, then there would be no
original issue discount with respect to its interest in the Receivables.
Furthermore, the allocation of a portion of the purchase price of a Grantor
Trust Certificate to a Grantor Trust Certificateholder's undivided interest in
the Yield Supplement Agreement will result in the Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's acquisition of the related Receivables at a greater
discount, and the purchase price so allocated may not be recovered at the same
time or over the same period than if it had been allocated to such
Receivables. See "--The Yield Supplement Agreement" below. Although the
Service could assert that a Grantor Trust Certificateholder's basis in the
Receivables should be determined on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis, a
Grantor Trust Certificateholder will not have sufficient information with
respect to the Receivables to allocate its basis in this manner. In addition,
although the Service could assert that the income derived by a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder from the Receivables should be determined on a Receivable-
by-Receivable basis, income will be reported to Grantor Trust
Certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the Service were to require
reporting on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis, a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder's recognition of income could be accelerated or decelerated.
Moreover, because the interest rates of the Receivables vary significantly,
the allocation of basis
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
and computation of income on a Receivable-by-Receivable basis could have a
more significant effect on the income of a Grantor Trust Certificateholder
than it would if the Receivables had more uniform characteristics. It is not
anticipated that Grantor Trust Certificates will be issued with greater than
de minimis OID.
 
  To the extent the rules of the Code relating to OID (Sections 1271 though
1273 and 1275) are applicable to a person comparable to a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder that acquires an undivided interest in a stripped bond
issued or acquired with OID, such person must include in gross income the sum
of the "daily portions," as defined below, of the OID on such stripped bond
for each day on which it owns a Certificate, including the date of purchase
but excluding the date of disposition. It is not clear whether such OID will
be determined under Code Section 1272(a)(6), applicable to debt instruments
whose payments may be accelerated by prepayments on underlying obligations. It
is anticipated that such approach will be used, with OID accruals based on a
constant interest method and a prepayment assumption indicated in such
Prospectus Supplement. In the case of an original Grantor Trust
Certificateholder, the daily portions of OID generally would be determined as
follows. A calculation will be made of the portion of OID that accrues on the
stripped bond during each successive monthly accrual period (or shorter period
in respect of the date of original issue or the final Distribution Date). This
will be done, in the case of each full monthly accrual period, by adding (i)
the present value of all remaining payments to be received on the stripped
bond under the prepayment assumption used in respect of the Grantor Trust
Certificates and (ii) any payments received during such accrual period, and
subtracting from the total the "adjusted issue price" of the stripped bond at
the beginning of such accrual period. No representation is made that the
Grantor Trust Certificates will prepay at any prepayment assumption. The
"adjusted issue price" of a stripped bond at the beginning of the first
accrual period is its issue price (as determined for purposes of the OID rules
of the Code) and the "adjusted issue price" of a stripped bond at the
beginning of a subsequent accrual period is the "adjusted issue price" at the
beginning of the immediately preceding accrual period plus the amount of OID
allocable to that accrual period and reduced by the amount of any payment
(other than "qualified stated interest") made at the end of or during that
accrual period. The OID accruing during such accrual period will then be
divided by the number of days in the period to determine the daily portion of
OID for each day in the period. A subsequent Grantor Trust Certificateholder
will be required to adjust its OID accrual to reflect its purchase price, the
remaining period to maturity and, possibly, a new prepayment assumption. The
Servicer will report to all Grantor Trust Certificateholders as if they were
original holders.
 
  With respect to the Receivables, the method of calculating OID as described
above will cause the accrual of OID to either increase or decrease (but never
below zero) in any given accrual period to reflect the fact that prepayments
are occurring at a faster or slower rate than the prepayment assumption used
in respect of the Receivables. Subsequent purchasers that purchase Grantor
Trust Certificates at more than a de minimis discount should consult their tax
advisors with respect to the proper method to accrue such OID.
 
  Market Discount. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder that acquires an
undivided interest in Receivables may be subject to the market discount rules
of Sections 1276 though 1278 to the extent an undivided interest in a
Receivable or stripped bond is considered to have been purchased at a "market
discount". Generally, the amount of market discount is equal to the excess of
the portion of the principal amount of such Receivable or stripped bond
allocable to such holder's undivided interest over such holder's tax basis in
such interest. Market discount with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate
will be considered to be zero if the amount allocable to the Grantor Trust
Certificate is less than 0.25% of the Grantor Trust Certificate's stated
redemption price at maturity multiplied by the weighted average maturity
remaining after the date of purchase. Treasury regulations implementing the
market discount rules have not yet been issued; therefore, investors should
consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules and
the advisability of making any of the elections allowed under Code Section
1276 and 1278.
 
  The Code provides that any principal payment (whether a scheduled payment or
a prepayment) or any gain or disposition of a market discount bond shall be
treated as ordinary income to the extent that it does not exceed the accrued
market discount at the time of such payment. The amount of accrued market
discount for purposes
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
of determining the tax treatment of subsequent principal payments or
dispositions of the market discount bond is to be reduced by the amount so
treated as ordinary income.
 
  The Code also grants the Treasury Department authority to issue regulations
providing for the computation of accrued market discount on debt instruments,
the principal of which is payable in more than one installment. While the
Treasury Department has not yet issued regulations, rules described in the
relevant legislative history will apply. Under those rules, the holder of a
market discount bond may elect to accrue market discount either on the basis
of a constant interest rate or according to one of the following methods. If a
Grantor Trust Certificate is issued with OID, the amount of market discount
that accrues during any accrual period would be equal to the product of (i)
the total remaining market discount and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of
which is the OID accruing during the period and the denominator of which is
the total remaining OID at the beginning of the accrual period. For Grantor
Trust Certificates issued without OID, the amount of market discount that
accrues during a period is equal to the product of (i) the total remaining
market discount and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of
stated interest paid during the accrual period and the denominator of which is
the total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid at the beginning of
the accrual period. For purposes of calculating market discount under any of
the above methods in the case of instruments (such as the Grantor Trust
Certificates) that provide for payments that may be accelerated by reason of
prepayments of other obligations securing such instruments, the same
prepayment assumption applicable to calculating the accrual of OID will apply.
Because the regulations described above have not been issued, it is impossible
to predict what effect those regulations might have on the tax treatment of a
Grantor Trust Certificate purchased at a discount or premium in the secondary
market.
 
  A holder who acquired a Grantor Trust Certificate at a market discount also
may be required to defer a portion of its interest deductions for the taxable
year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or
carry such Grantor Trust Certificate purchased with market discount. For these
purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any such deferred
interest expense would not exceed the market discount that accrues during such
taxable year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later than the
year in which such market discount is includible in income. If such holder
elects to include market discount in income currently as it accrues on all
market discount instruments acquired by such holder in that taxable year or
thereafter, the interest deferral rule described above will not apply.
 
  Premium. To the extent a Grantor Trust Certificateholder is considered to
have purchased an undivided interest in a Receivable or stripped bond for an
amount that is greater than its stated redemption price at maturity of such
Receivable or stripped bond, such Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be
considered to have purchased the Receivable with "amortizable bond premium"
equal in amount to such excess. A Grantor Trust Certificateholder (who does
not hold the Certificate for sale to customers or in inventory) may elect
under Section 171 of the Code to amortize such premium. Under the Code, the
premium is allocated among the interest payments on the Receivables or
stripped bonds to which it relates and is considered as an offset against (and
thus a reduction of) such interest payments. With certain exceptions, such an
election would apply to all debt instruments held or subsequently acquired by
the electing holder. Absent such an election, the premium will be deductible
as an ordinary loss only upon disposition of the Certificate or pro rata as
principal is paid on the Receivables or stripped bonds.
 
  Election to Treat All Interest as OID. The OID regulations permit a Grantor
Trust Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount (including
de minimis market discount or original issue discount) and premium in income
as interest, based on a constant yield method. If such an election were to be
made with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate with market discount, the
Certificate Owner would be deemed to have made an election to include in
income currently market discount with respect to all other debt instruments
having market discount that such Grantor Trust Certificateholder acquires
during the year of the election or thereafter. Similarly, a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder that makes this election for a Grantor Trust Certificate
that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an election to
amortize bond premium with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable
bond premium that such Grantor Trust Certificateholder owns or acquires. See
"--Premium" herein. The election to accrue interest, discount and premium on a
constant yield method with respect to a Grantor Trust Certificate is
irrevocable.
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
THE YIELD SUPPLEMENT AGREEMENT
 
  The manner in which income with respect to the Yield Supplement Agreement
should be accrued is not clear. Moreover, the sum of the income and deductions
properly reportable by a Grantor Trust Certificateholder in any taxable year
may not equal the amounts that would be reportable if a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder held, instead of an interest in the Receivables and in the
Yield Supplement Agreement, either (i) a debt instrument bearing interest at
the related Pass-Through Rate or (ii) an interest in a trust holding
Receivables each of which bears interest at a rate at least equal to the sum
of the related Pass-Through Rate plus the rate equivalent to the Monthly
Servicing Fee. It is possible that a Grantor Trust Certificateholder will be
required to report as income on a current basis its pro rata share of all
amounts received by the Trust pursuant to the Yield Supplement Agreement. In
such event, the Grantor Trust Certificateholder should be entitled to amortize
in some manner the portion of the purchase price paid for its Grantor Trust
Certificate that is allocable to its pro rate interest in the Yield Supplement
Agreement. It is not clear whether such amortization deduction would be
computed in a manner reflecting a constant yield method, pro rata method,
straight-line method, or some other method of amortization. It is not clear
whether, and to what extent, the amounts includable in income or amortizable
under any of these methods would be adjusted to take account of prepayments on
the Receivables. In addition, to the extent that the amounts payable pursuant
to the Yield Supplement Agreement in respect of Receivables for which the Note
Rate is less than the sum of the initial weighted average of the applicable
Pass-Through Rates and the per annum rate used to calculate the Monthly
Servicing Fee decline during any period as a result of prepayments on such
Receivables, it is possible that a portion of the amount amortizable by the
Grantor Trust Certificateholder during such period would be treated as a
capital loss (which would not offset ordinary income) rather than as an
ordinary deduction. It is anticipated that the Servicer will employ an
amortization method in reporting to Grantor Trust Certificateholders that
results in net income with respect to the related Receivable at the applicable
Pass-Through Rate. Grantor Trust Certificateholders are advised to consult
their own tax advisors regarding the appropriate method of accounting for
income attributable to the Yield Supplement Agreement.
 
TREATMENT OF LOSSES
 
  Grantor Trust Certificateholders on the accrual method of accounting will be
required to report income with respect to the Grantor Trust Certificates
without giving effect to delays or reductions in distributions attributable to
defaults or delinquencies on the Receivables, except to the extent it can be
established that such losses are uncollectible. Accordingly, the holder of a
Grantor Trust Certificate, particularly a subordinate Grantor Trust
Certificate, may have income or may incur a diminution in cash flow as a
result of a default or delinquency, but may not be able to take a deduction
(subject to the discussion below) for the corresponding loss until a
subsequent taxable year. To the extent the rules of Code Section 166 regarding
bad debts are applicable, it appears that Grantor Trust Certificateholders
that are corporations or that hold the Grantor Trust Certificates in
connection with a trade or business should in general be allowed to deduct as
an ordinary loss such loss with respect to principal sustained during the
taxable year on account of any such Grantor Trust Certificates becoming wholly
or partially worthless, and that, in general, Grantor Trust Certificateholders
that are not corporations and do not hold the Grantor Trust Certificates in
connection with a trade or business will be allowed to deduct as a short-term
capital loss any loss sustained during the taxable year on account of a
portion of any such Grantor Trust Certificates becoming wholly worthless.
Although the matter is not free from doubt, such non-corporate Grantor Trust
Certificateholders should be allowed a bad debt deduction at such time as the
principal balance of such Grantor Trust Certificates is reduced to reflect
losses resulting from any liquidated Receivables. The Service, however, could
take the position that if the "stripped bond" rules of the Code are
applicable, non-corporate holders will be allowed a bad debt deduction to
reflect such losses only after all the affected Receivables remaining in the
Trust have been liquidated or the applicable class of Grantor Trust
Certificates has been otherwise retired Grantor Trust Certificateholders are
urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the appropriate timing,
amount and character of any loss sustained with respect to such Grantor Trust
Certificates. Losses attributable to interest previously reported as income
should be deductible as ordinary losses by both corporate and non-corporate
holders. Special loss rules are applicable to banks and thrift institutions,
including rules regarding reserves for bad debts. Such taxpayers are advised
to consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment of losses on Grantor
Trust Certificates.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
SALE OR EXCHANGE OF A GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATE
 
  Sale or exchange of a Grantor Trust Certificate prior to its maturity will
result in gain or loss equal to the difference, if any, between the amount
received and the owner's adjusted basis in the Grantor Trust Certificate. Such
adjusted basis generally will equal the seller's purchase price for the
Grantor Trust Certificate, increased by the OID and any market discount
included in the seller's gross income with respect to the Grantor Trust
Certificate, and reduced by any market premium amortized by the Depositor and
by principal payments on the Grantor Trust Certificate previously received by
the seller. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss to an owner for
which a Grantor Trust Certificate is a "capital asset" within the meaning of
Section 1221 (except in the case of gain attributable to accrued market
discount, as noted above under "--Stripped Bonds and Stripped Coupons--Market
Discount"), and will be long-term or short-term depending on whether the
Grantor Trust Certificate has been owned for the long-term capital gain
holding period (currently more than one year).
 
  Grantor Trust Certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness" within the
meaning of Section 582(c)(1), so that gain or loss recognized from the sale of
a Grantor Trust Certificate by a bank or a thrift institution to which such
section applies will be treated as ordinary income or loss.
 
FOREIGN GRANTOR TRUST CERTIFICATES
 
  Non-U.S. Persons. Interest or OID paid to non-U.S. Owners of Grantor Trust
Certificates will be treated as "portfolio interest" for purposes of United
States withholding tax. Such interest (including OID, if any) attributable to
the underlying Receivables will not be subject to the normal 30% (or such
lower rate provided for by an applicable tax treaty) withholding tax imposed
on such amounts provided that (i) the Non-U.S. Certificate Owner is not a "10%
shareholder" (within the definition of Section 871(h)(3)) of any obligor on
the Receivables; and is not a controlled foreign corporation (within the
definition of Section 957) related to any Obligor on the Receivables and (ii)
such Certificate Owner fulfills certain certification requirements. Under
these requirements, the Certificate Owner must certify, under penalty of
perjury, that it is not a "United States person" and must provide its name and
address. For this purpose "United States person" means a citizen or resident
of the United States, a corporation, partnership other entity created or
organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political
subdivision thereof, an estate the income of which is includible in gross
income for United States federal income tax purposes, without regard to its
source or a trust if (i) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996
(or for taxable years ending after August 20, 1996, if the trustee has made an
applicable election), a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of such trust, and one or more
United States fiduciaries have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of such trust, or (ii) for all other taxable years, such trust is
subject to United States federal income tax regardless of the source of its
income. If, however, such interest or gain is effectively connected to the
conduct of a trade or business within the United States by such Certificate
Owner, such owner will be subject to United States federal income tax thereon
at graduated rates. Potential investors who are not United States persons
should consult their own tax advisors regarding the specific tax consequences
of owning a Certificate.
 
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
 
  The Servicer will furnish or make available, within a reasonable time after
the end of each calendar year, to each person who was a Grantor Trust
Certificateholder at any time during such year, such information as may be
deemed necessary or desirable to assist Grantor Trust Certificateholders in
preparing their federal income tax returns, or to enable holders to make such
information available to beneficial owners or financial intermediaries that
hold Grantor Trust Certificates as nominees on behalf of beneficial owners. If
a holder, beneficial owner, financial intermediary or other recipient of a
payment on behalf of a beneficial owner fails to supply a certified taxpayer
identification number or if the Secretary of the Treasury determines that such
person has not reported all interest and dividend income required to be shown
on its federal income tax return, a 31% backup withholding may be required
with respect to any payments. Any amounts deducted and withheld from a
distribution to a recipient would be allowed as a credit against such
recipient's federal income tax liability.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                                   *   *   *
 
  THE FEDERAL TAX DISCUSSIONS SET FORTH ABOVE ARE INCLUDED FOR GENERAL
INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE DEPENDING UPON A CERTIFICATE
OWNER'S PARTICULAR TAX SITUATION. PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF CERTIFICATES
SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM
OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF CERTIFICATES, INCLUDING THE TAX
CONSEQUENCES UNDER STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND THE
POSSIBLE EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FEDERAL OR OTHER TAX LAWS.
 
                             ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
 
  Sections 404 and 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
as amended ("ERISA"), impose certain fiduciary and prohibited transaction
restrictions on employee pension and welfare benefit plans subject to ERISA
("ERISA Plans"). Section 4975 of the Code imposes essentially the same
prohibited transaction restrictions on tax-qualified retirement plans
described in Section 401(a) of the Code and on Individual Retirement Accounts
described in Section 408 of the Code (collectively, "Tax Favored Plan"). ERISA
and the Code prohibit a broad range of transactions involving assets of ERISA
Plans and Tax Favored Plans (collectively, "Plans") and persons who have
certain specified relationships to such Plans (so-called "parties in interest"
within the meaning of ERISA or "disqualified persons" within the meaning of
the Code) unless a statutory or administrative exemption is available. A
violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.
 
  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in
Section 3(32) of ERISA), and, if no election has been made under Section
410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), are
not subject to the ERISA requirements discussed herein. Accordingly, assets of
such plans may be invested in Certificates without regard to the ERISA
considerations described herein, subject to the provisions of other applicable
federal, state and local law, and, before purchasing a Certificate, a
fiduciary of such a plan should itself confirm the compliance with such laws.
Any such plan that is qualified and exempt from taxation under Section 401(a)
and 501(a) of the Code, however, is subject to the prohibited transaction
rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code. Certain parties in interest or
disqualified persons that participate in a prohibited transaction may be
subject to a penalty or excise taxes, unless a statutory or administrative
exemption is available.
   
  Certain transactions involving a Trust might be deemed to constitute
prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code with respect to a Plan that
purchased Certificates if assets of the Trust were deemed to be assets of the
Plan. Under a regulation issued by the United States Department of Labor (the
"Plan Assets Regulation"), the assets of a Trust would be treated as plan
assets of a Plan for the purposes of ERISA and the Code only if the Plan
acquired an "equity interest" in the Trust and none of the exceptions
contained in the Plan Assets Regulation was applicable. An equity interest is
defined under the Plan Assets Regulation as an interest other than an
instrument that is treated as indebtedness under applicable local law and
which has no substantial equity features. The likely treatment in this context
of Certificates of a given Series will be discussed in the related Prospectus
Supplement.     
 
  A plan fiduciary considering the purchase of Certificates of a given Series
should consult its legal advisors regarding whether the assets of the related
Trust would be considered plan assets, the possibility of exemptive relief
from the prohibited transaction rules and other issues and their potential
consequences.
 
  The United States Department of Labor has granted to the underwriter (or in
the case of series offered by more than one underwriter, the lead underwriter)
named in each Prospectus Supplement an exemption (the "Exemption") from
certain of the prohibited transaction rules of ERISA with respect to the
initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of
certificates representing interests in asset-backed pass-through trusts that
consist of certain receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the
conditions and requirements of
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
the Exemption. The receivables covered by the Exemption include motor vehicle
installment sales contracts such as the Receivables. The Exemption might apply
to the acquisition, holding and resale of nonsubordinated Certificates
(referred to herein as "Senior Certificates") by a Plan, provided that certain
conditions and requirements set forth therein (certain of which are described
below) are met.
 
  Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemption to apply to
the Senior Certificates are the following:
 
    (1) The Trust is considered to consist solely of obligations which bear
  interest or are purchased at a discount and which are secured by motor
  vehicles or equipment, or "qualified motor vehicle leases" (as defined in
  the Exemption), property that had secured such obligations or qualified
  motor vehicle leases, cash or temporary investments maturing no later than
  the next date on which distributions are to be made to the Senior
  Certificate Owners, and rights of the Trustee under the Pooling and
  Servicing Agreement and under credit support arrangements with respect to
  such obligations or qualified motor vehicle leases.
 
    (2) The acquisition of the Senior Certificates by a Plan is on terms
  (including the price for the Senior Certificates) that are at least as
  favorable to the Plan as they would be in an arm's length transaction with
  an unrelated party;
 
    (3) The rights and interests evidenced by the Senior Certificates
  acquired by the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests
  evidenced by other certificates of the Trust;
 
    (4) The Senior Certificates acquired by the Plan have received a rating
  at the time of such acquisition that is in one of the three highest generic
  rating categories from either Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, Moody's
  Investors Service, Inc., Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. or Fitch Investors
  Service, L.P.;
 
    (5) The related Trustee is not an affiliate of any other member of the
  Restricted Group (as defined below);
 
    (6) The sum of all payments made to the underwriters in connection with
  the distribution of the Senior Certificates represents not more than
  reasonable compensation for underwriting the Senior Certificates; the sum
  of all payments made to and retained by the Depositor pursuant to the sale
  of the Contracts to the related Trust represents not more than the fair
  market value of such Contracts; and the sum of all payments made to and
  retained by the Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation
  for the Servicer's services under the related Pooling and Servicing
  Agreement and reimbursement of the Servicer's reasonable expenses in
  connection therewith; and
 
    (7) The Plan investing in the Senior Certificates is an "accredited
  investor" as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Commission
  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
  Moreover, the Exemption would provide relief from certain self-
dealing/conflict of interest or prohibited transactions only if, among other
requirements, (i) in the case of the acquisition of Senior Certificates in
connection with the initial issuance, at least 50% of the Senior Certificates
are acquired by persons independent of the Restricted Group (as defined
below), (ii) the Benefit Plan's investment in Senior Certificates does not
exceed 25% of all of the Senior Certificates outstanding at the time of the
acquisition and (iii) immediately after the acquisition, no more than 25% of
the assets of the benefit Plan are invested in certificates representing an
interest in one or more trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same
entity. The Exemption does not apply to Plans sponsored by the Depositor, any
underwriter, the related Trustee, the Servicer, any obligor with respect to
Contracts included in the related Trust constituting more than 5% of the
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the Trust, or any
affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group").
 
  Before purchasing a Senior Certificate, a fiduciary of a Plan should itself
confirm that (i) the Trust constitutes a "trust" for purposes of the
Exemption, (ii) the Senior Certificates constitute "certificates" for purposes
of the Exemption and (iii) the conditions and the other requirements set forth
in the Exemption would be satisfied. A fiduciary of an ERISA Plan should also
determine whether the purchase of Senior Certificates is consistent with
certain general fiduciary requirements imposed under Section 404 of ERISA,
including those of investment prudence and diversification and the requirement
that an ERISA Plan's investments be made in
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
accordance with the documents governing the ERISA Plan. The sale of Senior
Certificates to a Plan is in no way a representation by the Depositor or
underwriter that this investment meets all relevant legal requirements with
respect to investments by Plans generally or any particular Plan, or that this
investment is appropriate for Plans generally or any particular Plan.
 
  Under current law, the purchase and holding of Certificates other than
Senior Certificates by or on behalf of a Plan may constitute or result in
prohibited transactions within the meaning of ERISA and the Code. Such
Certificates may not be acquired by Plans or by persons acting on behalf of or
investing the assets of Plans.
 
                             PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
 
  On the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement with
respect to a given Series (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Depositor will
agree to cause the related Trust to sell to the underwriters named therein and
in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each of such underwriters will
severally agree to purchase, the principal amount of each class of
Certificates of the related Series set forth therein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
  In each Underwriting Agreement, the underwriter or several underwriters will
agree, subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all
of the Certificates described therein that are offered hereby and by the
related Prospectus Supplement if any of such Certificates are purchased.
 
  Each Prospectus Supplement will either (i) set forth the price at which each
class of Certificates being offered thereby will be offered to the public and
any concessions that may be offered to certain dealers participating in the
offering of such Certificates or (ii) specify that the related Certificates
are to be resold by the underwriters in negotiated transactions at varying
prices to be determined at the time of such sale.
 
  Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that CTL, the Depositor and Bay
View will indemnify the related underwriters against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to
payments the several underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
Each Trust may, from time to time, invest the funds in the related Accounts in
Eligible Investments acquired from such underwriters. Pursuant to each
Underwriting Agreement, the closing of the sale of any class of Certificates
subject thereto will be conditioned on the closing of the sale of all other
classes of Certificates of such Series. The place and time of delivery for the
Certificates in respect of which this Prospectus is delivered will be set
forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  Certain legal matters relating to the Certificates of any Series will be
passed upon for the related Trust, the Depositor and the Servicer by Silver,
Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Washington, D.C., and for the underwriters by
Cadwalader, Wickersham & Taft, New York, New York or such other firm as shall
be identified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Certain federal income tax
and other matters will be passed upon for each Trust by Silver, Freedman &
Taff, L.L.P. or such other firm as shall be identified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
                           INDEX OF PRINCIPAL TERMS
 
  Set forth below is a list of certain of the more significant terms used in
this Prospectus and the pages on which the definitions of such terms may be
found herein.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
   TERM                                                                 PAGE
   ----                                                             ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
Actuarial Receivables..............................................           18
Additional Vehicle Costs...........................................           17
Advance............................................................            7
Approved Rating....................................................           27
Bay View...........................................................           12
Cash Collateral Account............................................           30
Cede...............................................................           15
Certificate Account................................................           26
Certificate Balance................................................            5
Certificate Owners.................................................           22
Certificate Pool Factor............................................           20
Certificateholders.................................................            6
Certificates....................................................... Prosp. Cover
Class Certificate Balance..........................................            3
Closing Date.......................................................            5
Code...............................................................           10
Collection Period..................................................            9
Commission.........................................................            2
Contracts..........................................................            5
Contract Rate......................................................            8
CTL................................................................            3
Cutoff Date........................................................            5
Cutoff Date Actuarial Balance......................................           43
Cutoff Date Scheduled Balance......................................           43
Dealers............................................................            5
Definitive Certificates............................................           23
Depositor..........................................................            3
Distribution Date..................................................           21
DTC................................................................           15
Eligible Deposit Account...........................................           27
Eligible Institution...............................................           27
Eligible Investments...............................................           27
ERISA..............................................................           10
ERISA Plans........................................................           49
Events of Default..................................................           31
Exchange Act.......................................................            2
Exemption..........................................................           49
FDIC...............................................................           12
Final Scheduled Distribution Date..................................
Final Scheduled Maturity Date......................................            8
Financed Vehicles..................................................            5
FTC Rule...........................................................           36
Funding Period.....................................................            6
Grantor Trust Certificates.........................................           42
Grantor Trust Certificateholders...................................           42
Indirect Participants..............................................           22
</TABLE>    
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
   TERM                                                                 PAGE
   ----                                                             ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>
Insolvency Laws....................................................           20
Interest Shortfall.................................................            7
Investment Income..................................................           27
IRS................................................................           37
Moody's............................................................           28
Obligor............................................................            8
OID................................................................           39
Participants.......................................................           22
Pass-Through Rate..................................................            3
Payaheads..........................................................           18
Payahead Account...................................................           26
Plans..............................................................           49
Plan Assets Regulations............................................           49
Pooling and Servicing Agreement....................................            3
Pool Balance.......................................................            8
Precomputed Receivables............................................           18
Pre-Funded Amount..................................................            5
Pre-Funding Account................................................            5
Prospectus Supplement.............................................. Prosp. Cover
Purchase Agreement.................................................            5
Purchase Amount....................................................           25
Purchased Receivable...............................................           25
Rating Agency......................................................           10
Receivables........................................................ Prosp. Cover
Receivables Pool...................................................           15
Registration Statement.............................................            2
Restricted Group...................................................           50
Rules..............................................................           22
Rule of 78's Receivables...........................................           18
Section 1286 Treasury Regulations..................................           44
Senior Certificates................................................           50
Series............................................................. Prosp. Cover
Servicer........................................................... Prosp. Cover
Servicing Fee......................................................           29
Servicing Fee Rate.................................................           29
Simple Interest Receivables........................................           18
Standard & Poor's..................................................           28
Strip Certificates.................................................            3
Subsequent Receivables.............................................            6
Subsequent Transfer Date...........................................           25
Tax Favored Plans..................................................           49
Transfer and Servicing Agreements..................................           24
Trust.............................................................. Prosp. Cover
Trust Accounts.....................................................           27
Trustee............................................................            3
UCC................................................................           12
Underwriting Agreement.............................................           51
Yield Supplement Agreement.........................................           43
</TABLE>    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 NO DEALER, SALESMAN, OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY IN-
FORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CON-
TAINED HEREIN, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST
NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE DEPOSITOR, THE SERVICER OR
THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS DO NOT CONSTI-
TUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURI-
TIES OFFERED HEREBY IN ANY JURISDICTION TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH JURISDICTION. THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE
INFORMATION HEREIN OR THEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
 
                               ----------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
                           Prospectus Supplement
Reports to Certificateholders.............................................. S-
Summary of Terms...........................................................
Formation of the Trust.....................................................
The Receivables Pool.......................................................
Yield and Prepayment Considerations........................................
The Depositor and CTL......................................................
The Surety Bond Issuer.....................................................
The Offered Certificates...................................................
ERISA Considerations.......................................................
Underwriting...............................................................
Legal Opinions.............................................................
Experts....................................................................
Index of Principal Terms...................................................
Financial Statements of the Surety Bond Issuer.............................  F-1
                                Prospectus
Available Information......................................................    2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference............................    2
Summary of Terms...........................................................    3
Risk Factors...............................................................   11
The Trusts.................................................................   15
The Receivables Pools......................................................   17
Weighted Average Life of the Certificates..................................   19
Pool Factors and Other Certificate Information.............................   20
Use of Proceeds............................................................   20
California Thrift & Loan and Affiliates....................................   20
Description of the Certificates............................................   21
Description of the Transfer and Servicing Agreements.......................   24
Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables...................................   34
Federal Income Tax Consequences............................................   37
ERISA Considerations.......................................................   49
Plan of Distribution.......................................................   51
Legal Matters..............................................................   51
Index of Principal Terms...................................................   52
</TABLE>    
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                    $
                                 
                              BAY VIEW 199      
                                  AUTO TRUST
 
                                     $
                             
                            % CLASS A AUTOMOBILE     
                      
                   RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES     
       
       
       
       
       
     CLASS I INTEREST ONLY AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLE PASS-THROUGH CERTIFICATES
 
                            BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION
                                  CORPORATION
                                   DEPOSITOR
 
                               ----------------
                                   
                                PROSPECTUS     
                               ----------------
                                 
                                     , 1996     
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 14. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  Expenses in connection with the offering of the Certificates being
registered herein are estimated as follows:
 
<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   SEC Registration................................................. $  151,516
   Legal fees and expenses..........................................    600,000
   Accounting fees and expenses.....................................    100,000
   Rating agency fees...............................................    500,000
   Trustee's fees and expenses......................................     30,000
   Printing.........................................................    200,000
   Miscellaneous....................................................    700,000
                                                                     ----------
     Total.......................................................... $2,281,516
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 15. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
  Article Seventh of the Corporation's Certificate of Incorporation provides
for indemnification of directors and officers of the Corporation against any
and all liabilities, judgments, fines and reasonable settlements, costs,
expenses and attorneys' fees incurred in any actual, threatened or potential
proceeding, except to the extent that such indemnification is limited by
Delaware law and such law cannot be varied by contract or bylaw. Article
Seventh also provides for the authority to purchase insurance with respect
thereto.
 
  Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
authorizes a corporation's Board of Directors to grant indemnity under certain
circumstances to directors and officers, when made, or threatened to be made,
parties to certain proceedings by reason of such status with the corporation,
against judgments, fines, settlements and expenses, including attorneys' fees.
In addition, under certain circumstances such persons may be indemnified
against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in defense of a proceeding
by or on behalf of the corporation. Similarly, the corporation, under certain
circumstances, is authorized to indemnify directors and officers of other
corporations or enterprises who are serving as such at the request of the
corporation, when such persons are made, or threatened to be made, parties to
certain proceedings by reason of such status, against judgments, fines,
settlements and expenses, including attorneys' fees; and under certain
circumstances, such persons may be indemnified against expenses actually and
reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a
proceeding by or in the right of such other corporation or enterprise.
Indemnification is permitted where such person (i) was acting in good faith;
(ii) was acting in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation or other corporation or enterprise, as
appropriate; (iii) with respect to a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; and (iv) was not adjudged to be
liable to the corporation or other corporation or enterprise (unless the court
where the proceeding was brought determines that such person is fairly and
reasonably entitled to indemnity).
 
  Unless ordered by a court, indemnification may be made only following a
determination that such indemnification is permissible because the person
being indemnified has met the requisite standard of conduct. Such
determination may be made (i) by a majority vote of the Board of Directors of
the Corporation who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even
though such directors constitute less than a quorum, or (ii) if there are no
such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel
in a written opinion, or (iii) by the stockholders.
 
  Section 145 also permits expenses incurred by directors and officers in
defending a proceeding to be paid by the corporation in advance of the final
disposition of such proceedings upon the receipt of an undertaking by the
director or officer to repay such amount if it is ultimately determined that
he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation against such expenses.
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS.
<TABLE>
     <C>  <S>
        1 Underwriting Agreement.*
      3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Bay View Securitization Corporation.*
      3.2 Bylaws of Bay View Securitization Corporation.*
      4.1 Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement for Grantor Trusts including
          form of Certificates.*
      4.2 Form of Standard Terms and Conditions of Bay View Grantor Trusts.*
      4.3 Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement for trusts other than Grantor
          Trusts, including form of Certificates.*
      5.1 Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to legality
          of the Certificates.*
      5.2 Opinion of Robert J. Flax, Esq. with respect to legality of the
          Certificates.*
        8 Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to tax
          matters.*
       10 Form of Purchase Agreement.*
     23.1 Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
          5.1).*
     23.2 Consent of Robert J. Flax, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5.2).*
     23.3 Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 8).*
       24 Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page).*
</TABLE>
- --------
*  Previously filed.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
 
  (a) To file during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to include any
material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously
disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such
information in the registration statement.
 
  (b) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), each such post-effective
amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  (c) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any
of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of
the offering.
 
  (d) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each
filing of the Registrant's annual reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference
in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such
securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering
thereof.
 
  (e) To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the
Underwriting Agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the Underwriters to provide prompt delivery to each
purchaser.
 
  (f) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
 
  (g) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
  (h) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to
be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS REASONABLE GROUNDS TO BELIEVE THAT IT MEETS ALL OF THE
REQUIREMENTS FOR FILING ON FORM S-3, AND REASONABLY BELIEVES THAT THE SECURITY
RATING REQUIREMENT CONTAINED IN TRANSACTION REQUIREMENT B.5. OF FORM S-3 WILL
BE MET BY THE TIME OF THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES REGISTERED HEREUNDER AND HAS
DULY CAUSED THIS PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED IN
THE CITY OF SAN MATEO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON JANUARY 16, 1997.     
 
                                          Bay View Securitization Corporation,
                                           a Delaware corporation, as
                                           Depositor (Registrant)
 
                                                  
                                          By:     /s/ Edward H. Sondker* 
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                      EDWARD H. SONDKER, 
                                                   Director, President and 
                                                   Chief Executive Officer
   
  PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS PRE-
EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE
FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED.     
 
                      BAY VIEW SECURITIZATION CORPORATION

<TABLE>     
<S>                                    <C>                    <C>  
       /s/ Edward H. Sondker*          Director and           January 16, 1997
- -------------------------------------   President                
          EDWARD H. SONDKER             (Principal                
                                        Executive Officer)
 
       /s/ David A. Heaberlin*         Director and           January 16, 1997
- -------------------------------------   Treasurer                
         DAVID A. HEABERLIN             (Principal               
                                        Financial and
                                        Accounting Officer)
 
         /s/ Robert J. Flax            Director and           January 16, 1997
- -------------------------------------   Corporate Secretary      
           ROBERT J. FLAX                                        
 
* By:    /s/ Robert J. Flax            Attorney-in-fact
  ---------------------------------
           ROBERT J. FLAX
</TABLE>      
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT NO.
 -----------
 <C>         <S>
     1       Underwriting Agreement.*
     3.1     Certificate of Incorporation of Bay View Securitization
             Corporation.*
     3.2     Bylaws of Bay View Securitization Corporation.*
     4.1     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement for Grantor Trusts
             including form of Certificates.*
     4.2     Form of Standard Terms and Conditions of Bay View Grantor Trusts.*
     4.3     Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement for trusts other than
             Grantor Trusts, including form of Certificates.*
     5.1     Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to
             legality of the Certificates.*
     5.2     Opinion of Robert J. Flax, Esq. with respect to legality of the
             Certificates.*
     8       Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. with respect to tax
             matters.*
    10       Form of Purchase Agreement.*
    23.1     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
             5.1).*
    23.2     Consent of Robert J. Flax, Esq. (included in Exhibit 5.2).*
    23.3     Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
             8).*
    24       Power of Attorney.*
</TABLE>
- --------
* Previously Filed.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission